Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Machine Learning

653 missions · 439 completed

The science of systems that learn from data and experience. Its scope runs from the statistical and mathematical foundations of learning, including generalization, expressivity, and computational limits, through the design of learning algorithms, deep learning, reinforcement learning, and probabilistic methods, to the empirical study of large models and the trustworthiness, interpretability, and societal impact of learned systems.

Missions

Open214Completed439All653
Optimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Computational Optimal Transport XII: The Entropic Barycenter Scalings Are (e^{f_s/ε}, e^{g_s/ε}) for the Solutions of a Dual Program with Σ_s λ_s f_s = 0Textbook

Why barycenters of histograms matter

A barycenter summarizes several objects by minimizing a weighted sum of distances to them. For probability histograms, ordinary coordinatewise averages depend strongly on how the bins are labeled. Optimal transport instead lets mass move between bins and charges for those moves through a cost matrix. The resulting Wasserstein barycenter can reflect the geometry of the bins: nearby bins can exchange mass at a lower cost than distant ones. Peyré and Cuturi use this construction in their treatment of variational transport problems, including shape interpolation and the representation of a measure as a barycenter of other measures. The finite histogram problem in this mission is the entropically regularized version developed in §9.2 of their textbook.

The computational question is how to connect three ways of describing the same solution: a histogram that is the barycenter, transport matrices coupling it to the inputs, and vectors of dual potentials. Proposition 9.1 on p. 530 identifies the dual potentials behind the scaling factors of the optimal transport matrices. This is the second proposition numbered 9.1 in the chapter; the one on p. 519 concerns derivatives with respect to histograms.

Finite histogram setting

There are SSS input histograms. Source sss has nsn_sns​ bins and a probability vector bsb_sbs​, while the barycenter has nnn bins. The real matrix Cs∈Rn×nsC_s\in\mathbb R^{n\times n_s}Cs​∈Rn×ns​ gives the cost of transporting a unit of mass from barycenter bin iii to input bin jjj. A weight vector λ∈ΣS\lambda\in\Sigma_Sλ∈ΣS​ has nonnegative entries summing to one; Σk\Sigma_kΣk​ denotes the probability simplex on kkk bins. The unregularized barycenter problem (9.10) minimizes ∑sλsLCs(a,bs)\sum_s\lambda_s L_{C_s}(a,b_s)∑s​λs​LCs​​(a,bs​) over a∈Σna\in\Sigma_na∈Σn​, where LCsL_{C_s}LCs​​ is the minimum transport cost with marginals aaa and bsb_sbs​.

For a regularization parameter ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, the entropic transport cost LCsε(a,bs)L^\varepsilon_{C_s}(a,b_s)LCs​ε​(a,bs​) minimizes ⟨Cs,Ps⟩−εH(Ps)\langle C_s,P_s\rangle-\varepsilon H(P_s)⟨Cs​,Ps​⟩−εH(Ps​) over nonnegative coupling matrices PsP_sPs​ with row marginal aaa and column marginal bsb_sbs​. Here ⟨Cs,Ps⟩=∑i,jCs,ijPs,ij\langle C_s,P_s\rangle=\sum_{i,j}C_{s,ij}P_{s,ij}⟨Cs​,Ps​⟩=∑i,j​Cs,ij​Ps,ij​ and H(Ps)=∑i,j(−Ps,ijlog⁡Ps,ij+Ps,ij)H(P_s)=\sum_{i,j}(-P_{s,ij}\log P_{s,ij}+P_{s,ij})H(Ps​)=∑i,j​(−Ps,ij​logPs,ij​+Ps,ij​), with 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0. The Gibbs kernel is Ks,ij=e−Cs,ij/εK_{s,ij}=e^{-C_{s,ij}/\varepsilon}Ks,ij​=e−Cs,ij​/ε.

The book also writes the regularized barycenter as a weighted KL projection. Its variables are the matrices (Ps)s(P_s)_s(Ps​)s​; each matrix has column marginal bsb_sbs​, and every matrix has the same row marginal. That shared row marginal is aaa, so the optimization can be expressed without carrying aaa as a separate variable. The generalized matrix divergence is KL(Ps∣Ks)=∑i,j[Ps,ijlog⁡(Ps,ij/Ks,ij)−Ps,ij+Ks,ij]\mathrm{KL}(P_s\mid K_s)=\sum_{i,j}[P_{s,ij}\log(P_{s,ij}/K_{s,ij})-P_{s,ij}+K_{s,ij}]KL(Ps​∣Ks​)=∑i,j​[Ps,ij​log(Ps,ij​/Ks,ij​)−Ps,ij​+Ks,ij​], using the continuous value at Ps,ij=0P_{s,ij}=0Ps,ij​=0. See (9.15)–(9.17) in Peyré and Cuturi.

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition 9.1 on p. 530. The dual variables are row potentials fs∈Rnf_s\in\mathbb R^nfs​∈Rn and column potentials gs∈Rnsg_s\in\mathbb R^{n_s}gs​∈Rns​. They maximize

∑sλs[⟨gs,bs⟩−ε∑i,jefs,i/εKs,ijegs,j/ε]subject to∑sλsfs=0.\sum_s\lambda_s\left[\langle g_s,b_s\rangle-\varepsilon\sum_{i,j}e^{f_{s,i}/\varepsilon}K_{s,ij}e^{g_{s,j}/\varepsilon}\right] \quad\text{subject to}\quad \sum_s\lambda_s f_s=0.s∑​λs​[⟨gs​,bs​⟩−εi,j∑​efs,i​/εKs,ij​egs,j​/ε]subject tos∑​λs​fs​=0.

The theorem asserts that the primal and dual optima are attained, that every optimal primal family and every optimal dual family satisfy

Ps,ij=efs,i/εKs,ijegs,j/ε,P_{s,ij}=e^{f_{s,i}/\varepsilon}K_{s,ij}e^{g_{s,j}/\varepsilon},Ps,ij​=efs,i​/εKs,ij​egs,j​/ε,

and that the dual maximum is the minimum value of the entropic barycenter objective (9.15). The milestone targets are the scalar and matrix versions of the KL conjugate (9.22), followed by the closed form maximizer of one gsg_sgs​ block, corresponding to the update (9.18). These statements retain the source's finite matrix setting and are listed in the order in which their concepts enter the dual formulation.

What the result supplies

The scaling formula turns the optimal couplings into a product of a row factor, a fixed positive kernel, and a column factor. It identifies those factors with exponentials of dual potentials and gives a constrained maximization problem whose value is the entropic barycenter cost. Thus a solver can reason about the couplings, the barycenter marginal, or the potentials while referring to one theorem that connects them. The book uses the same variables to describe the iterative scaling updates on pp. 529–531 and later illustrates barycenters of shapes and surface measures; those applications depend on interpreting the matrix factors correctly. Peyré and Cuturi give the mathematical proposition and its argument. A complete Lean proof of the proposition and its supporting KL identities is the work this mission calls for; the statements here are draft targets rather than machine-checked solutions.

Where the difficulty lies

The potential program is a constrained optimization problem, while the transport problem constrains nonnegative matrices by two kinds of marginals. Equality of their optimum values must preserve the normalization constants in generalized KL. The exponential form alone does not establish that a proposed matrix has the required marginals, nor does a feasible matrix alone identify dual potentials. In addition, the assertion concerns every optimizer: a choice of zero source weight would leave that source's coupling unconstrained by the objective, and a zero target entry would put a logarithmic column update on the boundary. These are substantive edge cases of the formulas, not merely notation.

Formalization scope

Lean uses Fin S, Fin n, and Fin (n_s) for the finite index sets; these are zero based versions of the book's one based indices. Histograms and potentials are real vectors, costs and couplings are real matrices, and the Gibbs kernel is defined entrywise. The theorem requires S,n,ns>0S,n,n_s>0S,n,ns​>0, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, strictly positive weights λs\lambda_sλs​ that sum to one, and strictly positive input histograms bsb_sbs​ that each sum to one. The strict positivity of weights and input entries is an explicit restriction beyond (9.15)–(9.21), needed for a statement about every optimizer and finite logarithmic potentials. Entropy uses 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0 on nonnegative couplings. The shared row marginal is constructed by the constraints on the PsP_sPs​; it is not a free histogram unrelated to them.

The definition layer includes finite matrix pairing, entropy, generalized KL, the Gibbs kernel, feasibility, and primal and dual objective functions. The KL conjugate identities and the block optimizer are separate theorem targets so they can be reused in other entropic transport developments. The main theorem asserts primal and dual attainment as well as their relationship; it does not assume strong duality or an optimal scaling as an input. The page has slips in the dimensions of the marginal equations and a missing subscript on KKK in (9.17); the Lean statements use the dimensions specified by Ps∈Rn×nsP_s\in\mathbb R^{n\times n_s}Ps​∈Rn×ns​. The optional cost-gradient Proposition 9.2 on pp. 519–520 and the fsf_sfs​ block update (9.19)–(9.20) lie outside this proposal.

Selected references

  • Gabriel Peyré and Marco Cuturi, Computational Optimal Transport, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 11(5–6):355–607, 2019. DOI: 10.1561/2200000073.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
Bandit Algorithms·Captain: mikedeng1

An Optimal Algorithm for Stochastic and Adversarial Bandits I: Tsallis-INF Has Square-Root Adversarial Pseudo-Regret and Logarithmic Pseudo-Regret Under a Self-Bounding ConstraintResearch Paper

Motivation

A multi-armed bandit learner repeatedly chooses one of several actions, observes only the loss of the chosen action, and tries to perform nearly as well as a single fixed action selected in hindsight. Two common loss models make different demands on the learner. In a stochastic model, each arm has a stable mean loss and the learner can gradually distinguish the best arm. In an adversarial model, losses may change with time and even respond to previous choices. A useful bandit algorithm should handle both without first being told which model generated the losses.

Zimmert and Seldin's Tsallis-INF paper analyzes one algorithm in both regimes. Its Theorem 1 gives a square-root guarantee against arbitrary adversarial losses and a logarithmic guarantee when the regret satisfies a self-bounding constraint. The latter condition includes the usual stochastic case with a unique best arm and also permits some adversarial deviations. This mission formalizes the reduced-variance (RV) estimator part of that theorem and six supporting statements from its analysis.

Setting

There are K≥1K\ge1K≥1 arms and rounds t=1,2,…t=1,2,\ldotst=1,2,…. At round ttt, the environment supplies a loss ℓt,i∈[0,1]\ell_{t,i}\in[0,1]ℓt,i​∈[0,1] for each arm iii. The learner draws an arm ItI_tIt​ from a probability vector wtw_twt​ and observes only ℓt,It\ell_{t,I_t}ℓt,It​​. The environment can base its current losses on the actions from earlier rounds. It may also randomize: a seed ω\omegaω records its internal random choices, while its response to a history remains adaptive. The learner's random actions are then drawn successively from its history-dependent weight vectors. Expectations below average over both sources of randomness.

The pseudo-regret at horizon TTT compares the learner's expected total loss with the lowest expected total loss of a fixed arm:

Reg⁡T=E ⁣[∑t=1Tℓt,It]−min⁡iE ⁣[∑t=1Tℓt,i].\operatorname{Reg}_T =\mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^{T}\ell_{t,I_t}\right] -\min_i\mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^{T}\ell_{t,i}\right].RegT​=E[t=1∑T​ℓt,It​​]−imin​E[t=1∑T​ℓt,i​].

For the algorithm studied here, L^t−1\widehat L_{t-1}Lt−1​ is the vector of estimated losses accumulated before round ttt. The symmetric half-Tsallis regularizer is

Ψt(w)=−4ηt−1∑i=1K(wi−12wi),ηt=4t.\Psi_t(w)=-4\eta_t^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^{K}\left(\sqrt{w_i}-\tfrac12w_i\right), \qquad \eta_t=\frac4{\sqrt t}.Ψt​(w)=−4ηt−1​i=1∑K​(wi​​−21​wi​),ηt​=t​4​.

The vector wtw_twt​ maximizes ⟨w,−L^t−1⟩−Ψt(w)\langle w,-\widehat L_{t-1}\rangle-\Psi_t(w)⟨w,−Lt−1​⟩−Ψt​(w) over the probability simplex. With the RV loss estimator, arm iii has baseline Bt(i)=121{wt,i≥ηt2}B_t(i)=\tfrac12\mathbf 1\{w_{t,i}\ge\eta_t^2\}Bt​(i)=21​1{wt,i​≥ηt2​} and estimate ℓ^t,i=1{It=i}(ℓt,i−Bt(i))/wt,i+Bt(i)\widehat\ell_{t,i}=\mathbf 1\{I_t=i\}(\ell_{t,i}-B_t(i))/w_{t,i}+B_t(i)ℓt,i​=1{It​=i}(ℓt,i​−Bt​(i))/wt,i​+Bt​(i). This is an estimator based on the one observed loss, even though its update is a vector.

The self-bounding condition chooses gaps Δi∈[0,1]\Delta_i\in[0,1]Δi​∈[0,1] with exactly one zero, at i∗i^*i∗, and a constant C≥0C\ge0C≥0, as defined in Section 2. It requires

Reg⁡T≥E ⁣[∑t=1T∑i≠i∗wt,iΔi]−C.\operatorname{Reg}_T\ge \mathbb E\!\left[\sum_{t=1}^{T}\sum_{i\ne i^*}w_{t,i}\Delta_i\right]-C.RegT​≥E​t=1∑T​i=i∗∑​wt,i​Δi​​−C.

The gaps measure how costly it is to place weight on each non-best arm. In a stochastic bandit with a unique best arm, the usual expected-loss gaps give this relation with C=0C=0C=0 Zimmert and Seldin, §2 and §4.1.

Formalization targets

Adversarial guarantee

The first target is an upper bound for every bounded, randomized adaptive adversary and every T≥1T\ge1T≥1:

Reg⁡T≤2KT+14Klog⁡T+16.\operatorname{Reg}_T\le 2\sqrt{KT}+14K\log T+16.RegT​≤2KT​+14KlogT+16.

The paper prints 10Klog⁡T10K\log T10KlogT in Theorem 1's display. Its proof yields 14Klog⁡T14K\log T14KlogT, the coefficient formalized here; the difference is recorded in the moderation notes. The theorem's other displayed bounds retain their printed constants.

Self-bounding guarantee

For K≥2K\ge2K≥2, set Δmin⁡=min⁡i≠i∗Δi\Delta_{\min}=\min_{i\ne i^*}\Delta_iΔmin​=mini=i∗​Δi​ and

X=∑i≠i∗log⁡T+3Δi+2Δmin⁡.X=\sum_{i\ne i^*}\frac{\log T+3}{\Delta_i}+\frac2{\Delta_{\min}}.X=i=i∗∑​Δi​logT+3​+Δmin​2​.

Under the self-bounding condition, the same algorithm must satisfy

Reg⁡T≤X+28Klog⁡T+32K+32+C.\operatorname{Reg}_T\le X+28K\log T+\tfrac32\sqrt K+32+C.RegT​≤X+28KlogT+23​K​+32+C.

When C>XC>XC>X, it must also satisfy Reg⁡T≤2XC+28Klog⁡T+32K+32\operatorname{Reg}_T\le2\sqrt{XC}+28K\log T+\tfrac32\sqrt K+32RegT​≤2XC​+28KlogT+23​K​+32. The goal states both clauses together with the adversarial guarantee. Its six milestones give a pathwise stability bound from Lemma 19, two per-round stability bounds from Lemma 11, two accumulated penalty bounds from Lemma 12, and a finite tail-sum estimate from Lemma 15.

Significance

The adversarial clause limits the cost of learning even when no arm has a persistent advantage. The self-bounding clause gives gap-sensitive logarithmic growth when the learner receives enough information to identify a unique best arm, while allowing the additive deviation CCC. The two guarantees apply to the same weight rule and the same RV estimator Zimmert and Seldin, Theorem 1.

The paper proves its RV claims in prose and equations. A complete Lean proof would make the algorithm's randomized adaptive loss model, its path law, the estimator and the exact constants explicit in machine-checked form. The local theorem statements and definitions in this proposal compile with placeholder theorem proofs; the mission's mathematical results are therefore targets for formalization, not results already machine checked here. The setting definitions may also support formal analyses of other bandit algorithms with adaptive randomized losses.

Difficulty

The learner sees only one loss at each round, so the weight vector depends on estimates whose individual coordinates can be much larger than the observed losses. Bounding the change in the regularized potential by a simple worst-case estimate loses the dependence on the arm weights that the gap-sensitive result needs. The RV estimator reduces this difficulty but can take negative values, which changes the stability calculation. The self-bounding guarantee also compares the theorem's zero-gap arm with a best arm chosen in expectation at horizon TTT; for C>0C>0C>0 these need not coincide. That comparator issue is documented for audit.

Formalization scope

The arms are Fin K, with the paper's first arm represented by Lean index zero. Histories are functions on natural-number rounds; entry zero is unused. A referenced published adversarial protocol supplies bounded losses and dependence on past actions. A probability measure on adversary seeds and a finite sum over action paths define the run law. The algorithm is an argmax predicate whose estimates are computed from its own weights and the observed loss. The real-valued simplex supremum defines Φt\Phi_tΦt​; K≥1K\ge1K≥1 makes that simplex nonempty, and its compactness bounds the objective. The goal requires measurable seeded losses, a probability measure, T≥1T\ge1T≥1, C≥0C\ge0C≥0 in the self-bounding regime, and K≥2K\ge2K≥2 where Δmin⁡\Delta_{\min}Δmin​ is used. The penalty milestones take conditionally unbiased estimators that depend only on actions through their own round, are measurable, and have finite expected absolute size, as required for a sequential run and genuine expectations. Positive, non-increasing learning rates are explicit.

The argmax is taken over every simplex weight vector, and the run law includes every action path with its product probability. These choices rule out an arbitrary weight rule or a zero-valued integral masquerading as the algorithm. The development needs reusable facts about the simplex, measurability and integrability of the finite-path law, positivity of Tsallis-INF weights, and bounds on the real potential. Contributions that establish those facts or close the six milestone theorems fit this mission.

Selected references

  • Julian Zimmert and Yevgeny Seldin, Tsallis-INF: An Optimal Algorithm for Stochastic and Adversarial Bandits, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22(28), 2021; formalization follows arXiv:1807.07623v6, pp. 5–10, 18–21.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 6: Decreasing-Step Adam Iterates Are Almost Surely BoundedResearch Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, arXiv:1412.6980) is the default optimizer for training neural networks. It combines a stochastic gradient step with two exponential moving averages: a momentum term mnm_nmn​ and a coordinatewise second-moment estimate vnv_nvn​ that rescales each coordinate of the step. Its convergence theory is delicate: Reddi, Kale and Kumar (arXiv:1904.09237) exhibited convex problems on which Adam with constant hyperparameters fails to converge.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021) study Adam on nonconvex objectives through the ODE method of stochastic approximation. In the decreasing-stepsize regime, their Theorem 5.2 proves that the iterates converge almost surely to the critical points of the objective — provided the iterates are almost surely bounded. A stability hypothesis of this kind is standard in stochastic approximation (Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999, doi:10.1007/BFb0096509), and it is often the hardest part to verify. Theorem 5.4 of the paper gives sufficient conditions, on the objective and the stepsizes only, under which almost sure boundedness holds. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and (Ξ,S)(\Xi,\mathfrak S)(Ξ,S) a measurable space carrying a probability measure μ\muμ. A loss f:Rd×Ξ→Rf:\mathbb R^d\times\Xi\to\mathbb Rf:Rd×Ξ→R is given, with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x,\xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx, and the objective is

F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)=∫Ξf(x,ξ) μ(dξ).F(x)=\mathbb E f(x,\xi)=\int_\Xi f(x,\xi)\,\mu(d\xi).F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)=∫Ξ​f(x,ξ)μ(dξ).

The samples (ξn)n≥1(\xi_n)_{n\ge1}(ξn​)n≥1​ are iid with law μ\muμ (Assumption 4.1). Vector operations below are coordinatewise.

Fix ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and real sequences (γn)(\gamma_n)(γn​) (stepsizes), (αn)(\alpha_n)(αn​), (βn)(\beta_n)(βn​) (moment parameters). Algorithm 5.1 (Adam with decreasing stepsize) starts from x0∈Rdx_0\in\mathbb R^dx0​∈Rd, m0=v0=0m_0=v_0=0m0​=v0​=0, r0=rˉ0=0r_0=\bar r_0=0r0​=rˉ0​=0, and for n≥1n\ge1n≥1 sets

mn=αnmn−1+(1−αn)∇f(xn−1,ξn),rn=αnrn−1+(1−αn),vn=βnvn−1+(1−βn)∇f(xn−1,ξn)⊙2,rˉn=βnrˉn−1+(1−βn),xn=xn−1−γn m^n/(ε+v^n),m^n=mn/rn,v^n=vn/rˉn.\begin{aligned} m_n&=\alpha_nm_{n-1}+(1-\alpha_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1},\xi_n), & r_n&=\alpha_nr_{n-1}+(1-\alpha_n),\\ v_n&=\beta_nv_{n-1}+(1-\beta_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1},\xi_n)^{\odot2}, & \bar r_n&=\beta_n\bar r_{n-1}+(1-\beta_n),\\ x_n&=x_{n-1}-\gamma_n\,\hat m_n/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n}), & \hat m_n&=m_n/r_n,\quad \hat v_n=v_n/\bar r_n . \end{aligned}mn​vn​xn​​=αn​mn−1​+(1−αn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​),=βn​vn−1​+(1−βn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​)⊙2,=xn−1​−γn​m^n​/(ε+v^n​​),​rn​rˉn​m^n​​=αn​rn−1​+(1−αn​),=βn​rˉn−1​+(1−βn​),=mn​/rn​,v^n​=vn​/rˉn​.​

The weights rn,rˉnr_n,\bar r_nrn​,rˉn​ implement the bias correction of Adam.

The hypotheses are: Assumption 2.2 (f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) measurable, f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) continuously differentiable for a.e. ξ\xiξ, integrability at one point, and E∥∇f(x,ξ)−∇f(y,ξ)∥2≤LK2∥x−y∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x,\xi)-\nabla f(y,\xi)\|^2\le L_K^2\|x-y\|^2E∥∇f(x,ξ)−∇f(y,ξ)∥2≤LK2​∥x−y∥2 on each compact KKK); Assumption 2.3 (FFF coercive); Assumption 4.2 i) with p=4p=4p=4 (sup⁡x∈KE∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞\sup_{x\in K}\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x,\xi)\|^4<\inftysupx∈K​E∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞ on compacts); Assumption 5.1 (γn>0\gamma_n>0γn​>0, γn+1/γn→1\gamma_{n+1}/\gamma_n\to1γn+1​/γn​→1, ∑γn=∞\sum\gamma_n=\infty∑γn​=∞, ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞, αn,βn∈[0,1]\alpha_n,\beta_n\in[0,1]αn​,βn​∈[0,1], (1−αn)/γn→a(1-\alpha_n)/\gamma_n\to a(1−αn​)/γn​→a, (1−βn)/γn→b(1-\beta_n)/\gamma_n\to b(1−βn​)/γn​→b with 0<b<4a0<b<4a0<b<4a); and Assumption 5.3 (∇F\nabla F∇F Lipschitz, E∥∇f(x,ξ)∥2≤C(1+F(x))\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x,\xi)\|^2\le C(1+F(x))E∥∇f(x,ξ)∥2≤C(1+F(x)), and lim sup⁡n(γn−1−1−αn+21−αn+1γn+1−1)<2(a−b/4)\limsup_n\big(\gamma_n^{-1}-\frac{1-\alpha_{n+2}}{1-\alpha_{n+1}}\gamma_{n+1}^{-1}\big)<2(a-b/4)limsupn​(γn−1​−1−αn+1​1−αn+2​​γn+1−1​)<2(a−b/4)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.4

Under Assumptions 2.2, 2.3, 4.1, 5.1, 5.3 and 4.2 i) with p=4p=4p=4,

P(sup⁡n∈N∥(xn,mn,vn)∥<∞)=1.\mathbb P\Big(\sup_{n\in\mathbb N}\|(x_n,m_n,v_n)\|<\infty\Big)=1 .P(n∈Nsup​∥(xn​,mn​,vn​)∥<∞)=1.

Milestones (in the order the proof of §9.2 uses them)

  1. Lemma 9.1 i)–ii): rn=1−∏i=1nαir_n=1-\prod_{i=1}^n\alpha_irn​=1−∏i=1n​αi​, and (rn)(r_n)(rn​) is nondecreasing with rn→1r_n\to1rn​→1; likewise for rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​.
  2. (9.1): with an=(1−αn+1)/γna_n=(1-\alpha_{n+1})/\gamma_nan​=(1−αn+1​)/γn​ and Pn=12anrn⟨mn⊙2,1/(ε+v^n)⟩P_n=\frac1{2a_nr_n}\langle m_n^{\odot2},1/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n})\ranglePn​=2an​rn​1​⟨mn⊙2​,1/(ε+v^n​​)⟩,
F(xn)≤F(xn−1)−γn⟨∇F(xn),m^nε+v^n⟩+Cγn2Pn.F(x_n)\le F(x_{n-1})-\gamma_n\Big\langle\nabla F(x_n),\frac{\hat m_n}{\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n}}\Big\rangle+C\gamma_n^2P_n .F(xn​)≤F(xn−1​)−γn​⟨∇F(xn​),ε+v^n​​m^n​​⟩+Cγn2​Pn​.
  1. (9.3): coordinatewise, v^n−v^n+1≤cn+1v^n+1\sqrt{\hat v_n}-\sqrt{\hat v_{n+1}}\le c_{n+1}\sqrt{\hat v_{n+1}}v^n​​−v^n+1​​≤cn+1​v^n+1​​ with an explicit cn+1∼bγn/2c_{n+1}\sim b\gamma_n/2cn+1​∼bγn​/2.
  2. (9.4): with un=1−an+1/anu_n=1-a_{n+1}/a_nun​=1−an+1​/an​, for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 and nnn large,
En(F(xn)+Pn+1)≤F(xn−1)+Pn+unEnPn+1−2(a−b+δ4)γnPn+Cγn2(1+F(xn)+Pn).\mathbb E_n\big(F(x_n)+P_{n+1}\big)\le F(x_{n-1})+P_n+u_n\mathbb E_nP_{n+1}-2\Big(a-\frac{b+\delta}4\Big)\gamma_nP_n+C\gamma_n^2\big(1+F(x_n)+P_n\big).En​(F(xn​)+Pn+1​)≤F(xn−1​)+Pn​+un​En​Pn+1​−2(a−4b+δ​)γn​Pn​+Cγn2​(1+F(xn​)+Pn​).
  1. The Robbins–Siegmund inequality: Vn=(1−Cγn−12)F(xn−1)+(1−un−1)PnV_n=(1-C\gamma_{n-1}^2)F(x_{n-1})+(1-u_{n-1})P_nVn​=(1−Cγn−12​)F(xn−1​)+(1−un−1​)Pn​ satisfies En(Vn+1)≤(1+C′γn2)Vn+Cγn2\mathbb E_n(V_{n+1})\le(1+C'\gamma_n^2)V_n+C\gamma_n^2En​(Vn+1​)≤(1+C′γn2​)Vn​+Cγn2​ for nnn large.

Significance

Theorem 5.2 of the paper, the almost sure convergence of decreasing-step Adam to the critical set, is conditional on almost sure boundedness. Theorem 5.4 removes that condition for objectives with Lipschitz gradient and quadratic gradient-noise growth, and so turns Theorem 5.2 into an unconditional convergence result in that class. The Lyapunov function F(xn−1)+PnF(x_{n-1})+P_nF(xn−1​)+Pn​ — the objective plus a weighted kinetic energy of the momentum — is the discrete counterpart of the energy used for the continuous-time Adam ODE in the same paper; the condition b<4ab<4ab<4a that keeps it decreasing is the discrete trace of the condition b≤4ab\le4ab≤4a of the ODE analysis.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing about Adam is formalized on the platform. A formal proof produces a machine-checked stability theorem for an adaptive, momentum-based stochastic algorithm, together with reusable pieces: the Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale theorem in the conditional-expectation form used here, and the bias-correction lemma, which applies to every exponential moving average with vanishing forgetting rate.

Difficulty

For plain stochastic gradient descent, boundedness follows from the descent lemma applied to FFF alone: F(xn)F(x_n)F(xn​) is an almost supermartingale. For Adam this fails. The step m^n/(ε+v^n)\hat m_n/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n})m^n​/(ε+v^n​​) is not a descent direction for FFF: mnm_nmn​ averages past gradients, so ⟨∇F(xn),m^n/(ε+v^n)⟩\langle\nabla F(x_n),\hat m_n/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n})\rangle⟨∇F(xn​),m^n​/(ε+v^n​​)⟩ has no sign. The momentum must therefore enter the Lyapunov function, through PnP_nPn​, and the coordinatewise preconditioner 1/(ε+v^n)1/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v_n})1/(ε+v^n​​) changes from step to step, so Pn+1P_{n+1}Pn+1​ and PnP_nPn​ are measured in different weighted norms. Controlling that change is what (9.3) does, and it costs a term of size b2γnPn\frac b2\gamma_nP_n2b​γn​Pn​ that must be absorbed by the friction 2aγnPn2a\gamma_nP_n2aγn​Pn​ of the momentum update; the margin is exactly b<4ab<4ab<4a. The time-varying weights ana_nan​ and rnr_nrn​ produce the further term unPn+1u_nP_{n+1}un​Pn+1​, which is why Assumption 5.3 iii) is needed. Finally, the conditional expectations involve the next sample through both mn+1m_{n+1}mn+1​ and v^n+1\hat v_{n+1}v^n+1​, so the second-moment growth condition of Assumption 5.3 ii) has to be used with the right weights.

Formalization scope

Points of Rd\mathbb R^dRd are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); the state (x,m,v)(x,m,v)(x,m,v) lives in the product E×E×EE\times E\times EE×E×E, whose Mathlib norm is the maximum of the three Euclidean norms (the same bounded sets). The gradient of fff is a function gf : E → Ξ → E that equals the true gradient for μ\muμ-almost every ξ\xiξ. The run of Algorithm 5.1 is defined along a sample path and then pathwise in ω\omegaω. Moments are lower Lebesgue integrals, so no hypothesis is vacuous through the convention that a non-integrable Bochner integral is 000. Assumption 5.3 iii) is stated as "there is c<2(a−b/4)c<2(a-b/4)c<2(a−b/4) bounding the bracket for all large nnn", which avoids a real limsup. The algorithm divides by rnr_nrn​ and rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​; the theorem therefore assumes α1<1\alpha_1<1α1​<1 and β1<1\beta_1<1β1​<1, which Algorithm 5.1 needs for m^1,v^1\hat m_1,\hat v_1m^1​,v^1​ to be defined. In the milestones, En\mathbb E_nEn​ applied to a function of the next state is the integral of that function over the next sample, ∫G(Tn+1(zn,ξ)) μ(dξ)\int G(T_{n+1}(z_n,\xi))\,\mu(d\xi)∫G(Tn+1​(zn​,ξ))μ(dξ), a version of the conditional expectation under Assumption 4.1. In (9.4) the term printed as unPn+1u_nP_{n+1}un​Pn+1​ is unEnPn+1u_n\mathbb E_nP_{n+1}un​En​Pn+1​, the reading the derivation produces.

The goal asserts a single bound for the whole trajectory almost surely; finiteness of each iterate, boundedness of a projected variant of Adam, and boundedness under an almost-sure bound on ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x,\xi)∇f(x,ξ) are all weaker statements and are not this theorem. The "without loss of generality F≥0F\ge0F≥0" of the proof appears only as a hypothesis of the last milestone.

A complete development needs the Robbins–Siegmund theorem (open on the platform as AdaptiveProtection.Convergence.lemma2_robbins_siegmund), differentiation under the integral sign for FFF, the descent lemma for Lipschitz gradients, and conditional expectations given σ(ξ1,…,ξn)\sigma(\xi_1,\dots,\xi_n)σ(ξ1​,…,ξn​) for functions of an independent sample. Proofs of any milestone, and a proof of Robbins–Siegmund in the form used here, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat, P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • D. P. Kingma, J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale, S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
  • H. Robbins, D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 5: Decreasing-Step Adam Converges Almost Surely to the Critical Points of FResearch Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015) is the default optimizer for training neural networks: a stochastic gradient method that keeps an exponential moving average mnm_nmn​ of past gradients and an exponential moving average vnv_nvn​ of their coordinatewise squares, and divides the first by the square root of the second. Its practical success came well before any convergence theory for nonconvex objectives. Reddi, Kale and Kumar (2018) showed that Adam with constant momentum parameters can fail to converge even on convex problems, which made the question of under which parameter schedules Adam provably converges a live one.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 2021) answer it through the ODE method of stochastic approximation (Benaïm, 1999). This mission takes the paper's almost-sure convergence theorem for Adam with decreasing stepsizes, Theorem 5.2. Under a stepsize schedule in which 1−αn1 - \alpha_n1−αn​ and 1−βn1 - \beta_n1−βn​ shrink in proportion to the stepsize γn\gamma_nγn​, the iterates converge almost surely to the critical points of the objective, provided they stay bounded.

Setting

Let ξ\xiξ be a random variable on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ with law μ\muμ, let f:Rd×Ξ→Rf : \mathbb R^d \times \Xi \to \mathbb Rf:Rd×Ξ→R be an integrand with gradient ∇f(x,ξ)\nabla f(x, \xi)∇f(x,ξ) in xxx, and set

F(x)=Ef(x,ξ),S(x)=E(∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),S=∇F−1({0}),F(x) = \mathbb E f(x, \xi), \qquad S(x) = \mathbb E\big(\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot 2}\big), \qquad \mathcal S = \nabla F^{-1}(\{0\}),F(x)=Ef(x,ξ),S(x)=E(∇f(x,ξ)⊙2),S=∇F−1({0}),

where ⊙2\odot 2⊙2 is the coordinatewise square and S\mathcal SS is the critical set. Let ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1, \xi_2, \dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… be iid copies of ξ\xiξ on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega, \mathcal F, \mathbb P)(Ω,F,P).

Algorithm 5.1 takes stepsizes γn>0\gamma_n > 0γn​>0, weights αn,βn∈[0,1]\alpha_n, \beta_n \in [0,1]αn​,βn​∈[0,1] and a constant ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0. Starting from x0∈Rdx_0 \in \mathbb R^dx0​∈Rd, m0=v0=0m_0 = v_0 = 0m0​=v0​=0 and r0=rˉ0=0r_0 = \bar r_0 = 0r0​=rˉ0​=0, it computes for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, with all vector operations coordinatewise:

mn=αnmn−1+(1−αn)∇f(xn−1,ξn),vn=βnvn−1+(1−βn)∇f(xn−1,ξn)⊙2,rn=αnrn−1+(1−αn),rˉn=βnrˉn−1+(1−βn),xn=xn−1−γnm^nε+v^n,m^n=mn/rn,v^n=vn/rˉn.\begin{aligned} m_n &= \alpha_n m_{n-1} + (1-\alpha_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1}, \xi_n), & v_n &= \beta_n v_{n-1} + (1-\beta_n)\nabla f(x_{n-1}, \xi_n)^{\odot 2},\\ r_n &= \alpha_n r_{n-1} + (1 - \alpha_n), & \bar r_n &= \beta_n \bar r_{n-1} + (1 - \beta_n),\\ x_n &= x_{n-1} - \gamma_n \frac{\hat m_n}{\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n}}, & \hat m_n &= m_n / r_n,\quad \hat v_n = v_n / \bar r_n . \end{aligned}mn​rn​xn​​=αn​mn−1​+(1−αn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​),=αn​rn−1​+(1−αn​),=xn−1​−γn​ε+v^n​​m^n​​,​vn​rˉn​m^n​​=βn​vn−1​+(1−βn​)∇f(xn−1​,ξn​)⊙2,=βn​rˉn−1​+(1−βn​),=mn​/rn​,v^n​=vn​/rˉn​.​

The divisions by rnr_nrn​, rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​ are the bias correction.

The stepsizes satisfy Assumption 5.1: γn+1/γn→1\gamma_{n+1}/\gamma_n \to 1γn+1​/γn​→1, ∑nγn=+∞\sum_n \gamma_n = +\infty∑n​γn​=+∞, ∑nγn2<+∞\sum_n \gamma_n^2 < +\infty∑n​γn2​<+∞, and there are a,ba, ba,b with 0<b<4a0 < b < 4a0<b<4a, (1−αn)/γn→a(1-\alpha_n)/\gamma_n \to a(1−αn​)/γn​→a and (1−βn)/γn→b(1-\beta_n)/\gamma_n \to b(1−βn​)/γn​→b. The limiting dynamics is the autonomous ODE z˙=h∞(z)\dot z = h_\infty(z)z˙=h∞​(z) on Z+=Rd×Rd×[0,∞)d\mathcal Z_+ = \mathbb R^d \times \mathbb R^d \times [0,\infty)^dZ+​=Rd×Rd×[0,∞)d, written (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​), with

h∞(x,m,v)=(−mε+v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).h_\infty(x, m, v) = \Big( -\frac{m}{\varepsilon + \sqrt v},\ a(\nabla F(x) - m),\ b(S(x) - v) \Big).h∞​(x,m,v)=(−ε+v​m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2

Assume Assumption 2.2 (regularity and moments of fff), FFF coercive (2.3), S(x)>0S(x) > 0S(x)>0 coordinatewise (2.4), iid samples (4.1), Assumption 5.1, sup⁡x∈KE∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞\sup_{x\in K}\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x,\xi)\|^4 < \inftysupx∈K​E∥∇f(x,ξ)∥4<∞ on compacts (4.2 i) with p=4p = 4p=4), that F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) has empty interior, and that (xn,mn,vn)(x_n, m_n, v_n)(xn​,mn​,vn​) is bounded with probability one. Then, almost surely,

d(xn,S)→0,mn→0,S(xn)−vn→0,d(x_n, \mathcal S) \to 0, \qquad m_n \to 0, \qquad S(x_n) - v_n \to 0,d(xn​,S)→0,mn​→0,S(xn​)−vn​→0,

and if S\mathcal SS is countable, almost surely (xn,mn,vn)→(x∗,0,S(x∗))(x_n, m_n, v_n) \to (x^*, 0, S(x^*))(xn​,mn​,vn​)→(x∗,0,S(x∗)) for some x∗∈Sx^* \in \mathcal Sx∗∈S.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 9.1 i)–ii): rn=1−∏i=1nαir_n = 1 - \prod_{i=1}^n \alpha_irn​=1−∏i=1n​αi​, and rnr_nrn​ increases to 111.
  2. §9.1: in the decomposition zˉn+1=zˉn+γn+1h∞(zˉn)+γn+1χn+1+γn+1ςn+1\bar z_{n+1} = \bar z_n + \gamma_{n+1} h_\infty(\bar z_n) + \gamma_{n+1}\chi_{n+1} + \gamma_{n+1}\varsigma_{n+1}zˉn+1​=zˉn​+γn+1​h∞​(zˉn​)+γn+1​χn+1​+γn+1​ςn+1​ of zˉn=(xn−1,mn,vn)\bar z_n = (x_{n-1}, m_n, v_n)zˉn​=(xn−1​,mn​,vn​), the remainder satisfies ςn→0\varsigma_n \to 0ςn​→0 almost surely.
  3. §9.1: the piecewise-affine interpolation of (zˉn)(\bar z_n)(zˉn​) on the times τn=∑k≤nγk\tau_n = \sum_{k\le n}\gamma_kτn​=∑k≤n​γk​ is almost surely a bounded asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the semiflow of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​).
  4. Proposition 7.13: (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​) is well posed on Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​ and defines a semiflow Φ\PhiΦ.
  5. Proposition 7.14 (after Benaïm): the limit set of a relatively compact asymptotic pseudotrajectory of a semiflow with a strict Lyapunov function lies in the set of equilibria.
  6. Proposition 7.15: on the closed hull of the orbits of a compact set, Wδ=V∞−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2W_\delta = V_\infty - \delta\langle\nabla F(x), m\rangle + \delta\|S(x) - v\|^2Wδ​=V∞​−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2 is a strict Lyapunov function for some δ>0\delta > 0δ>0.

Significance

The theorem identifies a regime of Adam's hyperparameters, 1−αn∼aγn1 - \alpha_n \sim a\gamma_n1−αn​∼aγn​ and 1−βn∼bγn1 - \beta_n \sim b\gamma_n1−βn​∼bγn​ with b<4ab < 4ab<4a, in which the algorithm behaves like a gradient method with vanishing noise: the iterates approach critical points, the momentum dies out, and the second-moment estimate converges to S(xn)S(x_n)S(xn​). The condition b<4ab < 4ab<4a ties the two averaging rates together. It is the condition under which the paper's Lyapunov function for the continuous dynamics decreases (Lemma 7.5). The argument structure is also a template for other adaptive methods: once the limiting ODE has a strict Lyapunov function, almost-sure convergence of the iterates follows from the same steps.

The paper proves the result on paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal proof would also be the first formal instance on Prove2Me of the full ODE method for a concrete stochastic algorithm. That pipeline runs from the iterates to a perturbed Euler scheme, then to an asymptotic pseudotrajectory and a limit-set theorem, and finally to convergence. Benaïm's general results are being formalized separately on the platform (the asymptotic-pseudotrajectory definition this mission reuses comes from that effort), so the two developments meet in milestone 3.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to treat Adam as stochastic gradient descent with a preconditioner and run a descent-lemma argument on F(xn)F(x_n)F(xn​). This fails because the update direction m^n/(ε+v^n)\hat m_n/(\varepsilon + \sqrt{\hat v_n})m^n​/(ε+v^n​​) is not a descent direction for FFF: mnm_nmn​ lags behind ∇F(xn)\nabla F(x_n)∇F(xn​). Any Lyapunov function has to involve the momentum, and FFF alone does not decrease. The continuous-time energy V∞V_\inftyV∞​ decreases only weakly, and only its perturbation WδW_\deltaWδ​ is strict, and only on compact sets. A second difficulty is that the stepsize-dependent coefficients (1−αn+1)/γn+1(1-\alpha_{n+1})/\gamma_{n+1}(1−αn+1​)/γn+1​ and the bias corrections rnr_nrn​, rˉn\bar r_nrˉn​ make the recursion a non-autonomous perturbation of the Euler scheme of h∞h_\inftyh∞​. The remainder must be shown to vanish along almost every path before the general theory applies. Finally, the abstract limit-set theorem needs the semiflow to be well defined on the closed set Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​, where h∞h_\inftyh∞​ involves v\sqrt vv​ and is not Lipschitz at v=0v = 0v=0.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The state space Z\mathcal ZZ is the product of three copies with Mathlib's max-of-factors norm, which is equivalent to the Euclidean norm of R3d\mathbb R^{3d}R3d and leaves boundedness and limits unchanged. FFF and SSS are Bochner integrals against the law μ\muμ. Assumption 2.2 makes the integrands integrable, so they are the true expectations. Moments are lower Lebesgue integrals. Algorithm 5.1 is a pathwise recursion adamIter, driven by a random sequence ξ:N→Ω→Ξ\xi : \mathbb N \to \Omega \to \Xiξ:N→Ω→Ξ whose index 000 is unused. The iid hypothesis is iIndepFun with every ξn+1\xi_{n+1}ξn+1​ of law μ\muμ.

Two hypotheses are left implicit on the page and are added explicitly. The first is ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0. The second is α1<1\alpha_1 < 1α1​<1 and β1<1\beta_1 < 1β1​<1: Assumption 5.1 iii) permits α1=1\alpha_1 = 1α1​=1, which gives r1=0r_1 = 0r1​=0, and Lean's division by zero returns 000. Lemma 9.1 is stated with γn>0\gamma_n > 0γn​>0 and ∑γn=∞\sum\gamma_n = \infty∑γn​=∞, which its convergence claim needs. Semiflows are Flow ℝ≥0 on the subtype Z+\mathcal Z_+Z+​, and the asymptotic pseudotrajectory and limit set are the published StochApproxDyn.LimitSet definitions. The ODE milestones 4–6 hold for abstract FFF, SSS under Assumptions 7.1–7.2 with 0<b≤4a0 < b \le 4a0<b≤4a, as in the paper's §7.

The goal concerns the iterates of Algorithm 5.1 itself. A statement about trajectories of (ODE∞)(\mathrm{ODE}_\infty)(ODE∞​), or one that replaces almost-sure boundedness by a bound uniform in ω\omegaω together with deterministic gradients, is a different and much weaker theorem and is ruled out. The interior condition on F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) and the countability of S\mathcal SS enter exactly as on the page.

A complete development needs the following:

  • well-posedness of the ODE on a closed set with a non-Lipschitz field;
  • the Benaïm machinery: martingale-noise control via Doob's convergence theorem, and the passage from vanishing perturbations to asymptotic pseudotrajectories;
  • the limit-set theorem for strict Lyapunov functions.

The last two are reusable for any stochastic approximation scheme, and contributions to them are welcome independently of Adam.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat, P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263
  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, LNM 1709, Springer, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • D. P. Kingma, J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. J. Reddi, S. Kale, S. Kumar, On the Convergence of Adam and Beyond, ICLR 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.09237
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Tutorial on Thompson Sampling III: In the Known-Standard Problem, Every Stationary Deterministic Strategy Has Linearly Growing Expected Regret Under Some PriorResearch Paper

Why randomize actions

Thompson sampling (TS) selects each action by sampling a parameter from the current posterior and playing the action that is optimal for the sample. It is a stationary randomized strategy: the distribution of the action is a fixed function of the posterior, the same in every period, and the action is drawn at random from it. Its Bayesian regret bounds, surveyed in §8.1 of the tutorial by Russo, Van Roy, Kazerouni, Osband and Wen (Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 11(1), 2018), grow sublinearly in the horizon TTT.

A natural question is whether the randomization is essential. A strategy that maps the posterior to an action deterministically, for example "play the action with the highest posterior mean", is equally stationary and conceptually simpler. §8.1.3 of the tutorial answers the question with Example 8.1 (A Known Standard), taken from Russo and Van Roy, Learning to optimize via information-directed sampling (Operations Research 66(1), 2018): in a two-action problem with a known baseline action, every stationary deterministic strategy suffers linearly growing expected regret under some prior. The example is the standard justification for why posterior sampling, and not a deterministic function of the posterior, is the right stationary rule.

Setting

There are two actions X={1,2}\mathcal X=\{1,2\}X={1,2} and a binary unknown parameter θ∈{0,1}\theta\in\{0,1\}θ∈{0,1} with prior

θ∼Bernoulli(p0),P(θ=1)=p0.\theta\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(p_0),\qquad \mathbb P(\theta=1)=p_0 .θ∼Bernoulli(p0​),P(θ=1)=p0​.

In each period t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… the agent selects an action xtx_txt​ and observes a binary reward rtr_trt​. Rewards are conditionally independent across periods given θ\thetaθ and the actions:

  • action 111 (the known standard) pays Bernoulli(1/2)\mathrm{Bernoulli}(1/2)Bernoulli(1/2), whatever θ\thetaθ is;
  • action 222 pays Bernoulli(3/4)\mathrm{Bernoulli}(3/4)Bernoulli(3/4) if θ=1\theta=1θ=1 and Bernoulli(1/4)\mathrm{Bernoulli}(1/4)Bernoulli(1/4) if θ=0\theta=0θ=0.

The mean reward μ(x,θ)\mu(x,\theta)μ(x,θ) of action xxx is its success probability, and the optimal action x∗x^*x∗ is action 222 if θ=1\theta=1θ=1 and action 111 if θ=0\theta=0θ=0, so μ(x∗,θ)=3/4\mu(x^*,\theta)=3/4μ(x∗,θ)=3/4 or 1/21/21/2.

The history Ht\mathbb H_tHt​ lists the actions and rewards of the first ttt periods. The posterior pt=P(θ=1∣Ht)p_t=\mathbb P(\theta=1\mid\mathbb H_t)pt​=P(θ=1∣Ht​) is given by Bayes' rule (4.2) of the tutorial, applied period by period:

pt=p0 L1(Ht)p0 L1(Ht)+(1−p0) L0(Ht),Lθ(Ht)=∏s=1tPθ(rs∣xs),p_t=\frac{p_0\,L_1(\mathbb H_t)}{p_0\,L_1(\mathbb H_t)+(1-p_0)\,L_0(\mathbb H_t)},\qquad L_\theta(\mathbb H_t)=\prod_{s=1}^{t}\mathbb P_\theta(r_s\mid x_s),pt​=p0​L1​(Ht​)+(1−p0​)L0​(Ht​)p0​L1​(Ht​)​,Lθ​(Ht​)=s=1∏t​Pθ​(rs​∣xs​),

with p0p_0p0​ the prior on the empty history.

A stationary deterministic strategy is one function fff from posterior probabilities to actions, used in every period: xt=f(pt−1)x_t=f(p_{t-1})xt​=f(pt−1​). The expected cumulative regret (Bayesian regret, p. 71) of running fff from the prior p0p_0p0​ for TTT periods is

E[Regret(T)]=E[∑t=1T(μ(x∗,θ)−μ(xt,θ))],\mathbb E[\mathrm{Regret}(T)]=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T\big(\mu(x^*,\theta)-\mu(x_t,\theta)\big)\Big],E[Regret(T)]=E[t=1∑T​(μ(x∗,θ)−μ(xt​,θ))],

the expectation taken over θ\thetaθ and the rewards. The Lean development names these objects succProb (μ\muμ), optMean (μ(x∗,⋅)\mu(x^*,\cdot)μ(x∗,⋅)), post (ptp_tpt​), Strategy (fff), lawGiven (the probability of a history given θ\thetaθ) and expRegret.

Formalization targets

Goal: some prior forces linear regret

∀f  ∃ p0∈(0,1]  ∃ c>0  ∀T∈N:Ep0[Regret(T)] ≥ c T.\forall f\ \ \exists\,p_0\in(0,1]\ \ \exists\,c>0\ \ \forall T\in\mathbb N:\qquad \mathbb E_{p_0}[\mathrm{Regret}(T)]\ \ge\ c\,T .∀f  ∃p0​∈(0,1]  ∃c>0  ∀T∈N:Ep0​​[Regret(T)] ≥ cT.

This is the sentence "for any deterministic stationary strategy, there exists a prior probability p0p_0p0​ such that expected cumulative regret grows linearly with time" (p. 79). The prior is chosen after the strategy. No constant is fixed; only the linear shape is asserted.

Milestones: the two cases of the example

  1. x1=1x_1=1x1​=1 for some p0>0p_0>0p0​>0. If f(p0)=1f(p_0)=1f(p0​)=1 for some p0∈(0,1]p_0\in(0,1]p0​∈(0,1], then on every history of positive probability pt=p0p_t=p_0pt​=p0​ and xt=1x_t=1xt​=1 for all ttt, and
Ep0[Regret(T)]=p04 T.\mathbb E_{p_0}[\mathrm{Regret}(T)]=\tfrac{p_0}{4}\,T .Ep0​​[Regret(T)]=4p0​​T.
  1. x1=2x_1=2x1​=2 for all p0>0p_0>0p0​>0. If f(p)=2f(p)=2f(p)=2 for every p∈(0,1]p\in(0,1]p∈(0,1], then for every p0∈(0,1]p_0\in(0,1]p0​∈(0,1], on every history of positive probability xt=2x_t=2xt​=2 for all ttt, and
Ep0[Regret(T)]=1−p04 T.\mathbb E_{p_0}[\mathrm{Regret}(T)]=\tfrac{1-p_0}{4}\,T .Ep0​​[Regret(T)]=41−p0​​T.

Significance

The example separates two properties that regret analyses often conflate: being a function of the posterior alone (stationarity) and achieving sublinear Bayesian regret. It shows that a stationary strategy with sublinear regret on all priors must randomize, which is the structural reason TS samples rather than maximizes. It also explains why deterministic algorithms with good regret, such as upper confidence bound methods, are necessarily nonstationary: their confidence radii depend on the period and on counts, not only on the posterior.

The tutorial gives the argument in one paragraph. A formal version makes precise what is left implicit there: that the posterior is the actual conditional probability computed from the history, that "uninformative" means the posterior is invariant under action 111, and that under action 222 the posterior never leaves (0,1](0,1](0,1]. The result is a closed-form regret identity in each case, not only an asymptotic statement. As far as is known, neither the example nor its source in Russo and Van Roy (2018) has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

The mathematics is elementary; the work lies in the bookkeeping of a history-dependent strategy. The strategy's action in period ttt depends on the whole history through pt−1p_{t-1}pt−1​, so the law of HT\mathbb H_THT​ is a product of indicator factors, each evaluating fff at a posterior computed from a prefix of the same history. A direct computation of the regret must show that every history of positive probability follows a single action path, and that is a statement about the posterior along every prefix, not only at the first period. A first attempt that defines the posterior by a recursion in which "the posterior stays at p0p_0p0​" is built in proves nothing about the example; the posterior must be Bayes' rule applied to the history.

Formalization scope

  • Paper action 111 is 0 : Fin 2, action 222 is 1 : Fin 2; θ=1\theta=1θ=1 is true; a reward of 111 is true. Lean period s : Fin T is the paper's period s+1s+1s+1.
  • Histories are Fin t → Fin 2 × Bool; every probability and expectation is a finite sum, so no measure theory is needed.
  • The posterior post is the closed form of iterated Bayes' rule (4.2). The probabilities with which the strategy picks its actions are 000 or 111 and do not depend on θ\thetaθ; on histories of positive probability they cancel, so post is the true conditional probability there. For 0<p0≤10<p_0\le10<p0​≤1 its denominator is positive, so Lean's convention x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 is never used.
  • A strategy is a function ℝ → Fin 2; its values outside [0,1][0,1][0,1] are never used. The same function acts in every period, which is what "stationary" means.
  • The prior ranges over p0∈(0,1]p_0\in(0,1]p0​∈(0,1]: the text requires p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, and p0≤1p_0\le1p0​≤1 because it is a probability.
  • "Grows linearly with time" is read as a lower bound cTcTcT with c>0c>0c>0 for all TTT. The constant c>0c>0c>0 is part of the claim; c=0c=0c=0 would make the goal trivial. The quantifiers are in the order of the text, every strategy first and then a prior; the reverse order (one prior for all strategies) is a different statement that the tutorial does not claim.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of the two milestones and of the goal from them, and lemmas on the posterior (invariance under an uninformative action, positivity) that are reusable for other Bayesian bandit examples.

The tutorial's argument for the example is on p. 79; the tutorial attributes the example to Russo and Van Roy (2018).

Selected references

  • D. J. Russo, B. Van Roy, A. Kazerouni, I. Osband, Z. Wen, A Tutorial on Thompson Sampling, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 11(1):1–96, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000070 (Example 8.1, p. 79; Bayes' rule (4.2), p. 19; Bayesian regret, p. 71)
  • D. Russo, B. Van Roy, Learning to Optimize via Information-Directed Sampling, Operations Research 66(1):230–252, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2017.1663 (arXiv: https://arxiv.org/abs/1403.5556)
  • D. Russo, B. Van Roy, Learning to Optimize via Posterior Sampling, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(4):1221–1243, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2014.0650
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25(3/4):285–294, 1933. https://doi.org/10.2307/2332286
4 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization 3: Under Refined Dual Strong Convexity, SDCA Reaches Expected Dual Sub-optimality ε after 2(n/s)·log(2/ε) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Regularized loss minimization covers support vector machines, logistic and ridge regression, and the absolute-deviation regression of robust statistics. Stochastic dual coordinate ascent (SDCA) solves these problems by maximizing the Fenchel dual one randomly chosen coordinate at a time. Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang (arXiv:1209.1873, JMLR 2013) gave the first analysis of SDCA in terms of the duality gap. For smooth losses their rate is linear; for Lipschitz but non-smooth losses such as the hinge loss it is of order 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ, which is no better than stochastic gradient descent, although SDCA is observed to converge much faster than SGD on SVM problems asymptotically.

Section 5 of the paper explains that observation. Many non-smooth losses are smooth at most points: the hinge loss max⁡(0,1−uyi)\max(0,1-uy_i)max(0,1−uyi​) fails to be smooth only at uyi=1uy_i=1uyi​=1. If, at the optimum, most margins stay away from the kink, the dual is strongly concave in most coordinates, and SDCA converges linearly in the dual objective. Earlier linear-rate results for dual coordinate ascent on SVMs (Luo and Tseng, 1992) depend on the smallest nonzero eigenvalue of the data Gram matrix, which can be arbitrarily small when two data points are close; the condition of Section 5 avoids the Gram matrix.

Setting

Data x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd (Euclidean norm), scalar convex losses φ1,…,φn:R→R\varphi_1,\dots,\varphi_n:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ1​,…,φn​:R→R and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 define the primal problem

min⁡w∈RdP(w),P(w)=1n∑i=1nφi(w⊤xi)+λ2∥w∥2.\min_{w\in\mathbb R^d} P(w),\qquad P(w)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\varphi_i(w^\top x_i)+\frac\lambda2\|w\|^2 .w∈Rdmin​P(w),P(w)=n1​i=1∑n​φi​(w⊤xi​)+2λ​∥w∥2.

The convex conjugate of φi\varphi_iφi​ is φi∗(u)=sup⁡z(zu−φi(z))∈(−∞,+∞]\varphi_i^*(u)=\sup_z(zu-\varphi_i(z))\in(-\infty,+\infty]φi∗​(u)=supz​(zu−φi​(z))∈(−∞,+∞]. The dual problem is max⁡α∈RnD(α)\max_{\alpha\in\mathbb R^n}D(\alpha)maxα∈Rn​D(α) with

D(α)=1n∑i=1n−φi∗(−αi)−λ2∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=1λn∑i=1nαixi.D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n-\varphi_i^*(-\alpha_i)-\frac\lambda2\|w(\alpha)\|^2,\qquad w(\alpha)=\frac{1}{\lambda n}\sum_{i=1}^n\alpha_ix_i .D(α)=n1​i=1∑n​−φi∗​(−αi​)−2λ​∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=λn1​i=1∑n​αi​xi​.

A dual variable is feasible when every φi∗(−αi)\varphi_i^*(-\alpha_i)φi∗​(−αi​) is finite. A function is LLL-Lipschitz if ∣φi(a)−φi(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣|\varphi_i(a)-\varphi_i(b)|\le L|a-b|∣φi​(a)−φi​(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣. The standing assumptions are ∥xi∥≤1\|x_i\|\le1∥xi​∥≤1, φi≥0\varphi_i\ge0φi​≥0 and φi(0)≤1\varphi_i(0)\le1φi​(0)≤1.

Procedure SDCA starts from α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0. At iteration ttt it picks iii uniformly at random, independently of the past, chooses Δαi\Delta\alpha_iΔαi​ maximizing −φi∗(−(αi(t−1)+Δαi))−λn2∥w(α(t−1))+(λn)−1Δαixi∥2-\varphi_i^*(-(\alpha_i^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_i))-\frac{\lambda n}{2}\|w(\alpha^{(t-1)})+(\lambda n)^{-1}\Delta\alpha_ix_i\|^2−φi∗​(−(αi(t−1)​+Δαi​))−2λn​∥w(α(t−1))+(λn)−1Δαi​xi​∥2, and sets α(t)=α(t−1)+Δαiei\alpha^{(t)}=\alpha^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_ie_iα(t)=α(t−1)+Δαi​ei​. Let α∗\alpha^*α∗ be a dual optimum and w∗=w(α∗)w^*=w(\alpha^*)w∗=w(α∗).

The refined dual strong convexity condition (Definition 2, (4)) asks for functions γi(⋅)≥0\gamma_i(\cdot)\ge0γi​(⋅)≥0 with

φi∗(−a)−φi∗(−b)+u(a−b)≥γi(u)∣a−b∣2for all a,b and u∈∂φi∗(−b).\varphi_i^*(-a)-\varphi_i^*(-b)+u(a-b)\ge\gamma_i(u)|a-b|^2\qquad\text{for all }a,b\text{ and }u\in\partial\varphi_i^*(-b).φi∗​(−a)−φi∗​(−b)+u(a−b)≥γi​(u)∣a−b∣2for all a,b and u∈∂φi∗​(−b).

For the hinge loss one may take γi(u)=∣uyi−1∣\gamma_i(u)=|uy_i-1|γi​(u)=∣uyi​−1∣. With constants γi≥0\gamma_i\ge0γi​≥0, the dual strong convexity inequality (5) is

D(α∗)−D(α)≥1n∑i=1nγi∣αi−αi∗∣2+λ2∥w(α)−w∗∥2for every feasible α,D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha)\ge\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_i|\alpha_i-\alpha_i^*|^2+\frac\lambda2\|w(\alpha)-w^*\|^2\quad\text{for every feasible }\alpha,D(α∗)−D(α)≥n1​i=1∑n​γi​∣αi​−αi∗​∣2+2λ​∥w(α)−w∗∥2for every feasible α,

and N(u)=#{i:γi<u}N(u)=\#\{i:\gamma_i<u\}N(u)=#{i:γi​<u} counts the coordinates with small modulus.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 9)

Assume convex LLL-Lipschitz losses, the standing assumptions, and (5) with constants γi≥0\gamma_i\ge0γi​≥0. For every ϵD>0\epsilon_D>0ϵD​>0 and s∈(0,1]s\in(0,1]s∈(0,1] with ϵD≥8L2sλnN(sλn)/n\epsilon_D\ge 8L^2\frac{s}{\lambda n}N(\frac{s}{\lambda n})/nϵD​≥8L2λns​N(λns​)/n,

t≥2nslog⁡2ϵD⟹E[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵD.t\ge2\frac ns\log\frac2{\epsilon_D}\quad\Longrightarrow\quad\mathbb E\bigl[D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha^{(t)})\bigr]\le\epsilon_D .t≥2sn​logϵD​2​⟹E[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵD​.

The constants 222 and 888 are the paper's.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (pp. 8–9): condition (4), with γi=γi(w∗⊤xi)\gamma_i=\gamma_i(w^{*\top}x_i)γi​=γi​(w∗⊤xi​), implies (5), and ∣(w∗−w)⊤xi∣≥γi∣ai−αi∗∣|(w^*-w)^\top x_i|\ge\gamma_i|a_i-\alpha_i^*|∣(w∗−w)⊤xi​∣≥γi​∣ai​−αi∗​∣ whenever −ai∈∂φi(w⊤xi)-a_i\in\partial\varphi_i(w^\top x_i)−ai​∈∂φi​(w⊤xi​) (6).
  2. Lemma 5 (p. 19): under (5), one step raises the expected dual by at least s2n\frac{s}{2n}2ns​ times the dual sub-optimality, plus 3sλ4n∥w∗−w∥2\frac{3s\lambda}{4n}\|w^*-w\|^24n3sλ​∥w∗−w∥2, minus (sn)2G∗(s)/(2λ)(\frac sn)^2G_*(s)/(2\lambda)(ns​)2G∗​(s)/(2λ) with G∗(s)=1n∑i(∥xi∥2−γiλn/s)(αi∗−αi)2G_*(s)=\frac1n\sum_i(\|x_i\|^2-\gamma_i\lambda n/s)(\alpha_i^*-\alpha_i)^2G∗​(s)=n1​∑i​(∥xi​∥2−γi​λn/s)(αi∗​−αi​)2.
  3. Lemma 3 (p. 15): the conjugate of an LLL-Lipschitz function is +∞+\infty+∞ outside [−L,L][-L,L][−L,L].
  4. Lemma 6 (p. 20): G∗(s)≤4L2N(s/(λn))/nG_*(s)\le4L^2N(s/(\lambda n))/nG∗​(s)≤4L2N(s/(λn))/n.
  5. Dual recursion (§7.6, p. 20): ϵD(t)≤(1−s2n)ϵD(t−1)+(sn)2G∗(s)2λ\epsilon_D^{(t)}\le(1-\frac s{2n})\epsilon_D^{(t-1)}+(\frac sn)^2\frac{G_*(s)}{2\lambda}ϵD(t)​≤(1−2ns​)ϵD(t−1)​+(ns​)22λG∗​(s)​ and ϵD(t)≤(1−s2n)tϵD(0)+snG∗(s)λ\epsilon_D^{(t)}\le(1-\frac s{2n})^t\epsilon_D^{(0)}+\frac sn\frac{G_*(s)}\lambdaϵD(t)​≤(1−2ns​)tϵD(0)​+ns​λG∗​(s)​, with G∗(s)=4L2N(s/(λn))/nG_*(s)=4L^2N(s/(\lambda n))/nG∗​(s)=4L2N(s/(λn))/n.
  6. Lemma 2 (p. 13): D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1D(\alpha)\le P(w^*)\le P(0)\le1D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1 and D(0)≥0D(0)\ge0D(0)≥0.

Significance

Theorem 5 gives a linear rate for the dual sub-optimality of SDCA on non-smooth losses whenever few constants γi\gamma_iγi​ are small. If N(s0/(λn))=0N(s_0/(\lambda n))=0N(s0​/(λn))=0 for some s0>0s_0>0s0​>0 (for the SVM, λn∣w∗⊤xiyi−1∣≥s0\lambda n|w^{*\top}x_iy_i-1|\ge s_0λn∣w∗⊤xi​yi​−1∣≥s0​ for all iii), the iteration count is (2n/s0)log⁡(2/ϵD)(2n/s_0)\log(2/\epsilon_D)(2n/s0​)log(2/ϵD​), compared with order n+L2/(λϵ)n+L^2/(\lambda\epsilon)n+L2/(λϵ) from the Lipschitz analysis of Theorem 1 of the same paper. The paper uses Theorem 5 to explain the observed asymptotic advantage of SDCA over SGD, and its Theorem 6 converts it into a duality-gap bound.

The result is proved in the paper. It has not been formalized: no SDCA convergence result is on Prove2Me, and Mathlib has no conjugate-duality theory for this problem class. The mission produces a formal account of the dual objective in extended reals, of the exact coordinate maximization step, and of the averaging over uniformly random coordinate sequences, together with a checked proof of the rate. The companion missions of this series cover Theorem 1 (Lipschitz losses) and Theorem 2 (smooth losses).

Difficulty

Condition (5) gives a modulus γi\gamma_iγi​ per coordinate, and some γi\gamma_iγi​ may be zero, so the dual is not strongly concave and the standard linear-rate argument for strongly concave coordinate ascent does not apply. The per-step progress has a variance term with the sign of ∥xi∥2−γiλn/s\|x_i\|^2-\gamma_i\lambda n/s∥xi​∥2−γi​λn/s, which is positive exactly on the coordinates with small modulus; that term must be controlled by bounding the dual variables themselves, which requires the Lipschitz structure through the conjugate. The extended-real-valued conjugate is a second source of work: every quantity must be shown finite along the run before it can be manipulated as a real number.

Formalization scope

Lean works in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), with nnn data points indexed by Fin n, n>0n>0n>0. The conjugate is an EReal supremum and DDD is EReal-valued, −∞-\infty−∞ exactly at infeasible points. Real-valued expectations of dual values appear only together with a conjunct stating their finiteness. The SDCA step is a map Δ\DeltaΔ with the hypothesis that Δ(α,i)\Delta(\alpha,i)Δ(α,i) is an exact maximizer of the coordinate objective. The run is a fold over the sequence of chosen coordinates, and the expectation is the uniform average over all sequences of length ttt (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx, a published definition). The optimum α∗\alpha^*α∗ is a hypothesis D(β)≤D(α∗)D(\beta)\le D(\alpha^*)D(β)≤D(α∗) for all β\betaβ; in (5), w∗w^*w∗ is w(α∗)w(\alpha^*)w(α∗). Inequality (5) quantifies over feasible α\alphaα only. Lemmas 5 and 6 are stated for an arbitrary feasible current state, which is stronger than the history-averaged form printed. The paper's range s∈[0,1]s\in[0,1]s∈[0,1] becomes s∈(0,1]s\in(0,1]s∈(0,1], because at s=0s=0s=0 the iteration bound 2(n/s)log⁡(2/ϵD)2(n/s)\log(2/\epsilon_D)2(n/s)log(2/ϵD​) is undefined. A formalization that admits s=0s=0s=0 would evaluate it to 000 and claim the bound at t=0t=0t=0, which is false.

The development needs elementary facts about conjugates of scalar functions in EReal (convexity, the Fenchel–Young inequality, the Lipschitz domain bound), the weak duality inequality D≤PD\le PD≤P, and finite averages over coordinate sequences. The conjugate facts and the expectation calculus are reusable by the other two missions of the series. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and T. Zhang, Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 14 (2013), 567–599; preprint arXiv:1209.1873v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.1873
  • Z.-Q. Luo and P. Tseng, On the convergence of coordinate descent method for convex differentiable minimization, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 72 (1992), 7–35. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00939948
  • C.-J. Hsieh, K.-W. Chang, C.-J. Lin, S. S. Keerthi and S. Sundararajan, A dual coordinate descent method for large-scale linear SVM, ICML 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1390156.1390208
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimal TransportOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Regularization via Mass Transportation I: Wasserstein-Robust Linear Classification with Label Flipping Is a Finite Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A classifier trained from finitely many examples can perform well on those examples while responding poorly to changes in the feature distribution or to mislabeled observations. Distributionally robust learning addresses this by choosing a classifier against every probability distribution within a specified distance of the empirical distribution. The resulting optimization appears to range over an infinite-dimensional family of distributions. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Kuhn, and Mohajerin Esfahani show that, for linear classification with a convex Lipschitz loss, this problem has an exact finite convex reformulation. That result is Theorem 3.11(ii) of the 2019 arXiv preprint, which is the source used here.

The authors' transport metric allows a data point's features to move and its binary label to flip, with separate prices for those two changes. This matters when robustness to inaccurate labels is part of the model. A label-preserving metric cannot express that choice. The paper builds on its Section 2 learning model and the transport duality developed in Appendix A.1; the present mission isolates the classification result and the intermediate statements used for it. The preprint's Corollary 3.14 specializes the result to logloss, while its Corollary 3.12 treats hinge loss. A logloss-specific reformulation and a label-preserving classification result already have proved statements on Prove2Me; the general convex-Lipschitz, finite label-cost theorem remains the target of this mission.

Setting

Let VVV be a finite-dimensional real vector space with a chosen norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Features are x∈Vx\in Vx∈V and labels are y∈{−1,+1}y\in\{-1,+1\}y∈{−1,+1}. A linear classifier is a continuous linear functional w:V→Rw:V\to\mathbb Rw:V→R, with score ⟨w,x⟩=w(x)\langle w,x\rangle=w(x)⟨w,x⟩=w(x). Its dual norm ∥w∥∗\|w\|_*∥w∥∗​ is the operator norm induced by ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Given N≥1N\ge1N≥1 training pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), their empirical distribution is P^N=N−1∑i=1Nδ(x^i,y^i)\hat P_N=N^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^N\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^N​=N−1∑i=1N​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​.

For κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, the transport cost between pairs is

d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ1y≠y′.d((x,y),(x',y'))=\|x-x'\|+\kappa\mathbf1_{y\ne y'}.d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ1y=y′​.

The Wasserstein distance W(Q,P)W(Q,P)W(Q,P) is the least expected transport cost among joint distributions whose two marginals are QQQ and PPP. For a radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, the Wasserstein ball Bρ(P^N)\mathbb B_\rho(\hat P_N)Bρ​(P^N​) contains probability distributions QQQ satisfying W(Q,P^N)≤ρW(Q,\hat P_N)\le\rhoW(Q,P^N​)≤ρ. The loss is L(y⟨w,x⟩)L(y\langle w,x\rangle)L(y⟨w,x⟩), where L:R→[0,∞)L:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)L:R→[0,∞) is convex and Lipschitz continuous. The Lipschitz modulus lip⁡(L)\operatorname{lip}(L)lip(L) is the smallest Lipschitz bound for LLL, defined as the supremum of its difference quotients. These are the objects and standing conventions of Sections 1.1, 2, and 3.2 of the preprint.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.11(ii): for every fixed www, the worst-case expected loss equals the value of program (18),

sup⁡Q∈Bρ(P^N)EQ[L(y⟨w,x⟩)]=inf⁡λ,s{λρ+1N∑i=1Nsi:L(y^i⟨w,x^i⟩)≤si,L(−y^i⟨w,x^i⟩)−κλ≤si(i=1,…,N),lip⁡(L)∥w∥∗≤λ}.\sup_{Q\in\mathbb B_\rho(\hat P_N)}\mathbb E^Q[L(y\langle w,x\rangle)] = \inf_{\lambda,s}\left\{\lambda\rho+\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^{N}s_i: \begin{array}{l} L(\hat y_i\langle w,\hat x_i\rangle)\le s_i,\\ L(-\hat y_i\langle w,\hat x_i\rangle)-\kappa\lambda\le s_i\quad(i=1,\ldots,N),\\ \operatorname{lip}(L)\|w\|_*\le\lambda \end{array}\right\}.Q∈Bρ​(P^N​)sup​EQ[L(y⟨w,x⟩)]=λ,sinf​⎩⎨⎧​λρ+N1​i=1∑N​si​:L(y^​i​⟨w,x^i​⟩)≤si​,L(−y^​i​⟨w,x^i​⟩)−κλ≤si​(i=1,…,N),lip(L)∥w∥∗​≤λ​⎭⎬⎫​.

Taking the infimum of both sides over www gives equality between problem (4) and the full program (18). The fixed-www identity is stated explicitly because it is the stronger assertion established in the proof. The milestone list follows the paper's appendix: Lemma A.1 converts the robust expectation into a scalar transport-price infimum; the label split isolates the two possible labels; Lemma A.3 evaluates the feature supremum; the ensuing display gives the program in terms of conjugate slopes; and the final identity identifies those slopes with lip⁡(L)\operatorname{lip}(L)lip(L). Each milestone is tied to its printed page in the preprint.

Significance

The theorem replaces a search over probability distributions by a finite convex program with one scalar λ\lambdaλ and one slack variable sis_isi​ per sample, in addition to the classifier www. It makes the price of label changes explicit through κλ\kappa\lambdaκλ and the price of feature changes through lip⁡(L)∥w∥∗\operatorname{lip}(L)\|w\|_*lip(L)∥w∥∗​. Consequently, different convex Lipschitz classification losses can be treated within the same transport model rather than by deriving a new distributional optimization problem for each loss. The preprint applies the result to hinge, smoothed hinge, and logloss examples in the paragraphs following Theorem 3.11.

The result is proved in the cited paper. Its general statement and the paper's appendix milestones are not yet machine-checked in this mission. A verified development would connect the published definitions of the Wasserstein ball and Lipschitz modulus to an exact program-value theorem that later work can import. The loss-specific proved statements already available on Prove2Me provide useful comparisons, but their narrower losses or label-preserving transport costs do not replace this theorem.

Difficulty

The visible finite constraints contain no probability distributions, while the left-hand side optimizes over all probability measures in a Wasserstein ball. Establishing that the two values coincide requires control of the transport budget and the inner worst-case loss at the same time. The straightforward comparison of feasible values gives only one inequality. It does not show that every improvement allowed by a distribution can be represented by the scalar transport price and the samplewise constraints. The case ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 also needs care: Lemma A.1's strong-duality proof cites a result for strictly positive radius, whereas the theorem itself allows zero radius and states an infimum rather than an attained minimum.

Formalization scope

Lean represents VVV by an abstract finite-dimensional real normed space with its Borel measurable structure. This retains the arbitrary norm of Rn\mathbb R^nRn in the paper. Labels are Bool, interpreted as +1+1+1 and −1-1−1; the published DRLogReg_Reformulation_Core definition supplies their sign map, the metric, Wasserstein distance, ball, and empirical distribution. The published WassersteinDRO_Duality_lipschitzModulus definition supplies the exact Lipschitz modulus. The mission's own definitions add the general loss, the feasible set of (18), the fixed-classifier program value, and the effective domain Θ={θ:L∗(θ)<∞}\Theta=\{\theta:L^*(\theta)<\infty\}Θ={θ:L∗(θ)<∞} of the convex conjugate. The same objects and conventions are used across all milestones.

All potentially infinite robust values are represented in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the unbounded feature suprema in Lemma A.3 and the label split use extended reals. The standing loss condition L≥0L\ge0L≥0 comes from the paper's Section 2.1 loss codomain. It also makes the lower Lebesgue integral and the finite program's extended-nonnegative objective faithful. The sample size is positive, κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, and the goal allows ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0. Lemma A.1 separately assumes ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, matching the strong-duality condition used on page 29. The printed extra index j∈[J]j\in[J]j∈[J] in the page-35 classification display is carried in its verbatim milestone provenance but not in the Lean statement, because no jjj exists in part (ii). The formalization does not obtain the theorem by restricting LLL to a constant loss, by taking a singleton feature space, or by substituting an arbitrary Lipschitz bound for its modulus. Contributions that establish transport duality, the conjugate-domain slope identity, or the zero-radius case are directly reusable.

Selected references

  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, D. Kuhn, and P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Regularization via Mass Transportation, arXiv preprint arXiv:1710.10016v3, 2019. Preprint.
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, and D. Kuhn, Distributionally Robust Logistic Regression, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 28, 2015. Published Prove2Me formalization.
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization 2: With (1/γ)-Smooth Losses, SDCA Reaches Expected Duality Gap ε after (n + 1/(λγ))·log((n + 1/(λγ))/ε) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Regularized loss minimization (training a linear predictor with a convex loss and an ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ penalty) covers support vector machines, ridge and logistic regression, and much of classical linear learning. A standard way to solve these problems at scale is dual coordinate ascent: optimize the dual problem one coordinate, i.e. one training example, at a time. Hsieh et al. (ICML 2008) reported that it can outperform stochastic gradient descent when moderately high accuracy is needed. Its theory, however, was unsatisfying (paper, §2): the known linear rates, adapted from Luo and Tseng's analysis of coordinate ascent, have a contraction factor that may be arbitrarily close to 111 (it depends on the smallest nonzero eigenvalue of X⊤XX^\top XX⊤X), and they bound only the dual sub-optimality, which translates into a much weaker primal guarantee.

Shai Shalev-Shwartz and Tong Zhang (JMLR 14, 2013; arXiv:1209.1873) analysed stochastic dual coordinate ascent (SDCA), in which the coordinate is drawn uniformly at random, and bounded the expected duality gap, hence the primal sub-optimality, with explicit constants. For (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-smooth losses the bound is linear: (n+1λγ)log⁡((n+1λγ)/ϵ)(n+\tfrac1{\lambda\gamma})\log\big((n+\tfrac1{\lambda\gamma})/\epsilon\big)(n+λγ1​)log((n+λγ1​)/ϵ) iterations. This mission formalizes that result, the paper's Theorem 2.

Timeline:

  • 1992: Luo and Tseng prove linear convergence of coordinate descent methods for a class of convex problems, with an unspecified rate parameter.
  • 2008: Hsieh, Chang, Lin, Keerthi and Sundararajan analyse dual coordinate descent for linear SVMs (bounds on the dual objective).
  • 2012: Le Roux, Schmidt and Bach (SAG) obtain a linear rate for a primal stochastic method on smooth strongly convex finite sums.
  • 2012–2013: Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang prove duality-gap rates for SDCA: for LLL-Lipschitz losses (Theorem 1) and the linear rate above for smooth losses (Theorem 2).

Setting

Let x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd, let φ1,…,φn:R→R\varphi_1,\dots,\varphi_n:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rφ1​,…,φn​:R→R be convex, and let λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. The primal problem is to minimize

P(w)=1n∑i=1nφi(w⊤xi)+λ2∥w∥2.P(w)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\varphi_i(w^\top x_i)+\frac\lambda2\|w\|^2 .P(w)=n1​i=1∑n​φi​(w⊤xi​)+2λ​∥w∥2.

The convex conjugate of φi\varphi_iφi​ is φi∗(u)=sup⁡z (zu−φi(z))∈(−∞,+∞]\varphi_i^*(u)=\sup_z\,(zu-\varphi_i(z))\in(-\infty,+\infty]φi∗​(u)=supz​(zu−φi​(z))∈(−∞,+∞]. The dual problem is to maximize

D(α)=1n∑i=1n−φi∗(−αi)−λ2∥1λn∑i=1nαixi∥2,α∈Rn,D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n-\varphi_i^*(-\alpha_i)-\frac\lambda2\Big\|\frac1{\lambda n}\sum_{i=1}^n\alpha_ix_i\Big\|^2,\qquad \alpha\in\mathbb R^n,D(α)=n1​i=1∑n​−φi∗​(−αi​)−2λ​​λn1​i=1∑n​αi​xi​​2,α∈Rn,

and the dual point α\alphaα determines the primal point w(α)=1λn∑iαixiw(\alpha)=\frac1{\lambda n}\sum_i\alpha_ix_iw(α)=λn1​∑i​αi​xi​. Weak duality gives D(α)≤P(w)D(\alpha)\le P(w)D(α)≤P(w) for all α,w\alpha,wα,w, so the duality gap P(w(α))−D(α)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)P(w(α))−D(α) bounds the primal sub-optimality of w(α)w(\alpha)w(α).

A loss is (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-smooth if it is differentiable with a (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-Lipschitz derivative. Procedure SDCA starts from α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0. At iteration ttt it draws iii uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}, independently of the past, chooses Δαi\Delta\alpha_iΔαi​ to maximize

−φi∗(−(αi(t−1)+Δαi))−λn2∥w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαixi∥2,-\varphi_i^*\big(-(\alpha_i^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_i)\big)-\frac{\lambda n}2\big\|w^{(t-1)}+(\lambda n)^{-1}\Delta\alpha_i x_i\big\|^2,−φi∗​(−(αi(t−1)​+Δαi​))−2λn​​w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαi​xi​​2,

and sets α(t)=α(t−1)+Δαiei\alpha^{(t)}=\alpha^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_ie_iα(t)=α(t−1)+Δαi​ei​, w(t)=w(α(t))w^{(t)}=w(\alpha^{(t)})w(t)=w(α(t)). Its outputs are the last iterate, the average αˉ=1T−T0∑t=T0+1Tα(t−1)\bar\alpha=\frac1{T-T_0}\sum_{t=T_0+1}^T\alpha^{(t-1)}αˉ=T−T0​1​∑t=T0​+1T​α(t−1) with wˉ=w(αˉ)\bar w=w(\bar\alpha)wˉ=w(αˉ), or a random iterate from the same range. The paper's standing assumptions are ∥xi∥≤1\|x_i\|\le1∥xi​∥≤1, φi≥0\varphi_i\ge0φi​≥0 and φi(0)≤1\varphi_i(0)\le1φi​(0)≤1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 6)

For convex (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-smooth losses under the standing assumptions, and every ϵP>0\epsilon_P>0ϵP​>0,

T ≥ (n+1λγ)log⁡((n+1λγ)1ϵP) ⟹ E[P(w(T))−D(α(T))]≤ϵP,T\ \ge\ \Big(n+\frac1{\lambda\gamma}\Big)\log\Big(\Big(n+\frac1{\lambda\gamma}\Big)\frac1{\epsilon_P}\Big)\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathbb E\big[P(w^{(T)})-D(\alpha^{(T)})\big]\le\epsilon_P,T ≥ (n+λγ1​)log((n+λγ1​)ϵP​1​) ⟹ E[P(w(T))−D(α(T))]≤ϵP​,

and, for T>T0T>T_0T>T0​,

T0 ≥ (n+1λγ)log⁡((n+1λγ)1(T−T0)ϵP) ⟹ E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵPT_0\ \ge\ \Big(n+\frac1{\lambda\gamma}\Big)\log\Big(\Big(n+\frac1{\lambda\gamma}\Big)\frac1{(T-T_0)\epsilon_P}\Big)\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathbb E\big[P(\bar w)-D(\bar\alpha)\big]\le\epsilon_PT0​ ≥ (n+λγ1​)log((n+λγ1​)(T−T0​)ϵP​1​) ⟹ E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵP​

for the averaging and the random outputs. The constants are the paper's.

Milestones (in the order the proof uses them)

  1. (p. 2) (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-smooth φ\varphiφ ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ φ∗\varphi^*φ∗ is γ\gammaγ-strongly convex.
  2. (p. 13) The duality-gap identity P(w(α))−D(α)=1n∑i(φi(w⊤xi)+φi∗(−αi)+αiw⊤xi)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_i\big(\varphi_i(w^\top x_i)+\varphi_i^*(-\alpha_i)+\alpha_iw^\top x_i\big)P(w(α))−D(α)=n1​∑i​(φi​(w⊤xi​)+φi∗​(−αi​)+αi​w⊤xi​).
  3. (10), p. 13: the one-coordinate dual increase.
  4. Lemma 1 (p. 12): the expected dual increase is at least sn\frac snns​ times the duality gap, minus a variance term.
  5. Lemma 2 (p. 13): D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1D(\alpha)\le P(w^*)\le P(0)\le1D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1 and D(0)≥0D(0)\ge0D(0)≥0.
  6. (p. 14) E[ϵD(t)]≤(1−s/n)t≤exp⁡(−λγt/(1+λγn))\mathbb E[\epsilon_D^{(t)}]\le(1-s/n)^t\le\exp(-\lambda\gamma t/(1+\lambda\gamma n))E[ϵD(t)​]≤(1−s/n)t≤exp(−λγt/(1+λγn)) for s=λnγ/(1+λnγ)s=\lambda n\gamma/(1+\lambda n\gamma)s=λnγ/(1+λnγ).
  7. (12), p. 14: E[P(w(t))−D(α(t))]≤nsE[ϵD(t)−ϵD(t+1)]≤nsE[ϵD(t)]\mathbb E[P(w^{(t)})-D(\alpha^{(t)})]\le\frac ns\mathbb E[\epsilon_D^{(t)}-\epsilon_D^{(t+1)}]\le\frac ns\mathbb E[\epsilon_D^{(t)}]E[P(w(t))−D(α(t))]≤sn​E[ϵD(t)​−ϵD(t+1)​]≤sn​E[ϵD(t)​].

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that a stochastic method whose per-iteration cost is a single example converges linearly in the primal objective, through the duality gap, with a condition number 1/(λγ)1/(\lambda\gamma)1/(λγ) that enters additively with nnn rather than multiplicatively. This additive n+1/(λγ)n+1/(\lambda\gamma)n+1/(λγ) dependence is the benchmark against which later variance-reduced and accelerated methods (SVRG, SAGA, accelerated proximal SDCA, Katyusha) are compared. The duality gap is computable, so the bound also yields a stopping criterion.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the platform's catalogue shows, no part of it, nor the smoothness/strong-convexity duality for scalar conjugates, has been machine-checked. The mission produces a checked statement of the rate with explicit constants and checked versions of the lemmas reused by the series' other two missions (Lipschitz losses, almost-smooth losses).

Difficulty

The proof is short on paper, but each step crosses between objects that Lean keeps apart. The conjugates are extended-valued: φi∗\varphi_i^*φi∗​ is +∞+\infty+∞ off a bounded set for many smooth losses (logistic loss), so the dual objective, the coordinate step and the strong-convexity inequality all live in extended reals, and every passage to real arithmetic must be justified by finiteness along the run. The smoothness-to-strong-convexity step (milestone 1) is the classical duality, but Mathlib has no scalar conjugate calculus and no ready statement of it. The expectation is over the coordinate sequence, and the recursion compares expectations over histories of different lengths. The obvious attempt, a deterministic per-sequence bound, fails: the linear rate holds only in expectation.

Formalization scope

Data are x : Fin n → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), φ : Fin n → ℝ → ℝ (convex), lam : ℝ with 0 < lam, and 0 < n. (1/γ)(1/\gamma)(1/γ)-smoothness is a derivative function φ' with HasDerivAt everywhere and ∣φi′(a)−φi′(b)∣≤1γ∣a−b∣|φ'_i(a)-φ'_i(b)|\le\frac1\gamma|a-b|∣φi′​(a)−φi′​(b)∣≤γ1​∣a−b∣. The conjugate conj and the dual dual are EReal-valued (⨆, never a real sSup). Dual values are converted to reals only under conjuncts asserting their finiteness. The SDCA step is a map Δ : (Fin n → ℝ) → Fin n → ℝ constrained by the argmax predicate IsSDCAStep, which is satisfiable. The run is a fold over an index sequence js : Fin T → Fin n from α⁽⁰⁾ = 0, and E\mathbb EE is the uniform average over all nTn^TnT sequences (the published SAGA.Convex.expectIdx). Indices are 0-based. Lemma 1 and (10) are stated in the conditional one-step form at an arbitrary dual-feasible point, which implies the printed history-averaged form. The goal assumes no dual optimum; milestones 6–7 take a maximizer α∗\alpha^*α∗ of DDD as a hypothesis (it exists under the standing assumptions). The random output is stated over the iterates α(T0),…,α(T−1)\alpha^{(T_0)},\dots,\alpha^{(T-1)}α(T0​),…,α(T−1), which is what the proof bounds.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no statement takes the step, the conjugate or the expectation as an unconstrained variable, no real-valued toReal absorbs an infinite dual value, and the bounds are stated for the paper's exact iteration counts.

Needed infrastructure: scalar Fenchel conjugates in EReal (Fenchel–Young inequality and equality at subgradients), smooth/strongly convex duality, and averages over finite index sequences. The conjugate facts and the expectation bookkeeping are reusable beyond this mission, by the series' Lipschitz and almost-smooth missions in particular. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas on EReal conjugates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, T. Zhang, Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization, JMLR 14:567–599, 2013. arXiv:1209.1873v2
  • C.-J. Hsieh, K.-W. Chang, C.-J. Lin, S. S. Keerthi, S. Sundararajan, A Dual Coordinate Descent Method for Large-scale Linear SVM, ICML 2008. doi:10.1145/1390156.1390208
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, On the Convergence of the Coordinate Descent Method for Convex Differentiable Minimization, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 72:7–35, 1992. doi:10.1007/BF00939948
  • N. Le Roux, M. Schmidt, F. Bach, A Stochastic Gradient Method with an Exponential Convergence Rate for Finite Training Sets, NeurIPS 2012. arXiv:1202.6258
  • J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty, C. Lemaréchal, Fundamentals of Convex Analysis, Springer, 2001 (conjugacy of smooth and strongly convex functions, §E.4.2). doi:10.1007/978-3-642-56468-0
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization 2: For f = ‖x‖², Every k-Sparse Point of the Simplex Has Duality Gap ≥ 2/kResearch Paper

Why sparsity limits accuracy

The Frank–Wolfe algorithm minimizes a smooth convex objective over a compact convex domain by choosing an atom through a linear optimization problem and moving toward it. On a domain that is the convex hull of atoms, each ordinary iteration introduces at most one new atom. That makes the method useful when a solution represented with few atoms is valuable, but it raises a basic question: how much accuracy can a solution with only a few atoms attain? Jaggi's 2013 analysis gives upper bounds on primal error and duality gap for four Frank–Wolfe variants. Its sparsity section supplies a matching obstruction on the unit simplex. This mission isolates that obstruction so the claimed dependence on sparsity can be checked independently of any particular implementation of the algorithm.

The paper calls the number of used atoms the sparsity of an iterate. It proves two lower bounds for one quadratic objective: a sparse point cannot have arbitrarily small objective value, and, with fewer active coordinates than the simplex dimension, it cannot have arbitrarily small duality gap. These are worst-case statements about feasible points themselves. Consequently, any method whose iterates retain the stated sparsity is subject to them, regardless of how it selects its next atom. The source statements and constants are Lemma 3 and Lemma 4, PDF p. 5.

The quadratic simplex problem

Let nnn be a positive integer and let the unit simplex be

Δn={x∈Rn:xi≥0 for every i, ∑i=1nxi=1}.\Delta_n=\left\{x\in\mathbb R^n:x_i\ge0\text{ for every }i,\ \sum_{i=1}^n x_i=1\right\}.Δn​={x∈Rn:xi​≥0 for every i, i=1∑n​xi​=1}.

For a vector xxx, let card⁡(x)\operatorname{card}(x)card(x) be the number of nonzero coordinates. The objective is the squared Euclidean norm f(x)=∥x∥22=∑ixi2f(x)=\|x\|_2^2=\sum_i x_i^2f(x)=∥x∥22​=∑i​xi2​. Its minimum on the full simplex is 1/n1/n1/n, reached at the uniform point. The paper compares that optimum with the best value permitted by a bound on card⁡(x)\operatorname{card}(x)card(x). The dimension nnn and sparsity budget kkk are separate: the goal assumes k<nk<nk<n, so at least one coordinate must be zero at every eligible point.

The duality gap at a feasible xxx is

gf,Δn(x)=max⁡s∈Δn⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.g_{f,\Delta_n}(x)=\max_{s\in\Delta_n}\langle x-s,\nabla f(x)\rangle.gf,Δn​​(x)=s∈Δn​max​⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.

For a convex objective, this gap bounds the difference between the current objective value and the optimum; the paper introduces that certificate in display (2), PDF p. 2. Here the maximum exists because the simplex is nonempty and compact and the expression is continuous in sss. It is the same certificate computed by minimizing a linear function over the domain in a Frank–Wolfe step. The paper's Table 1, PDF p. 6 identifies the simplex linear subproblem with choosing a coordinate having the largest coefficient.

Formalization targets

Sparse objective minimum

For 1≤k≤n1\le k\le n1≤k≤n, Lemma 3 asserts an attained minimum:

min⁡x∈Δn, card⁡(x)≤kf(x)=1k.\min_{x\in\Delta_n,\ \operatorname{card}(x)\le k} f(x)=\frac1k.x∈Δn​, card(x)≤kmin​f(x)=k1​.

The associated primal-error statement says that a point with exactly kkk nonzero coordinates has f(x)−f(x∗)≥1/k−1/nf(x)-f(x^*)\ge1/k-1/nf(x)−f(x∗)≥1/k−1/n, where x∗x^*x∗ is an optimizer on the full simplex. The minimum and the primal-error reading are both included as draft theorems.

Duality-gap lower bound

For every natural number k<nk<nk<n, Lemma 4 states the mission goal:

∀x∈Δn,card⁡(x)≤k ⟹ gf,Δn(x)≥2k.\forall x\in\Delta_n,\quad \operatorname{card}(x)\le k\ \Longrightarrow\ g_{f,\Delta_n}(x)\ge\frac2k.∀x∈Δn​,card(x)≤k ⟹ gf,Δn​​(x)≥k2​.

The threshold k<nk<nk<n is essential to this exact value. If all coordinates may be active, the uniform optimizer has zero gap. The case k=0k=0k=0 is formally allowed by the paper's natural-number wording, but has no eligible simplex point. The formal statement keeps the paper's quantifier order and does not add a positive-kkk hypothesis.

Three milestones accompany the goal. The first records that an atomic set and its convex hull have the same support function. The second records the simplex support value max⁡iyi\max_i y_imaxi​yi​ from Table 1. The third is Lemma 3's attained sparse minimum. They are stated as mathematical claims independent of any algorithmic running-time assertion.

What the bound establishes

The source's convergence analysis gives error guarantees that decrease with the number of iterations, while its simplex example shows that using only kkk atoms leaves primal error at least 1/k−1/n1/k-1/n1/k−1/n and, for k<nk<nk<n, gap at least 2/k2/k2/k. Together they delimit what the paper's sparsity guarantees can achieve. The duality-gap claim concerns a certificate of approximation quality, so it applies even when the optimal value is unavailable to an algorithm. The result is already proved in the 2013 paper; the open work here is its Lean formalization and the finite-dimensional facts needed to connect sparse coordinates, linear optimization, and the gap.

The formalization also produces reusable interfaces for sparse simplex optimization: a coordinate-count notion of sparsity, an attained minimum formulation, and a support-function statement that avoids making a real supremum silently return a default value on an empty or unbounded set. These can serve later work on atomic methods without tying that work to one choice of Frank–Wolfe steps.

Where the argument is delicate

Bounding the quadratic objective alone does not establish the duality-gap statement. The gap also involves the best linear comparison point sss in the simplex. The unrestricted simplex optimum, the optimum under a sparsity budget, and the best linear comparison are different objects and must retain their respective domains. An encoding that replaces the gap's domain with the sparse feasible set would change the theorem. Another easy mistake is to use the ambient norm of a function Fin(n)→R\mathrm{Fin}(n)\to\mathbb RFin(n)→R as the objective: that norm is the supremum norm, whereas the paper uses the Euclidean squared norm.

The paper's displayed curvature value Cf=4C_f=4Cf​=4 is included as a companion statement. It uses the Euclidean diameter of the simplex, which is 2\sqrt22​ for n≥2n\ge2n≥2. The one-dimensional simplex is a single point, so extending that equality to n=1n=1n=1 would be false. The formalized companion makes the dimension condition explicit.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin(n)→R\mathrm{Fin}(n)\to\mathbb RFin(n)→R. The domain is Mathlib's stdSimplex R (Fin(n))\mathrm{stdSimplex}\ \mathbb R\ (\mathrm{Fin}(n))stdSimplex R (Fin(n)); the objective is an explicit sum of coordinate squares, and sparsity counts nonzero coordinates. The gradient pairing in the source is represented by the Fréchet derivative applied to a direction. For this quadratic, the two agree coordinate by coordinate. The duality gap is a real supremum of those derivative values over the simplex. Its use in the goal is guarded by k<nk<nk<n, which implies n>0n>0n>0 and makes the simplex nonempty; compactness makes the supremum a maximum. The support-function milestone states equality through all upper bounds, so it also has a meaningful reading for empty or unbounded atomic sets.

The curvature set follows display (3), PDF p. 3, with step size 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1 because the printed quotient has no value at zero. The Cf=4C_f=4Cf​=4 companion assumes n≥2n\ge2n≥2, a necessary dimension pin beyond the paper's sentence. Other standing conditions of the general problem are discharged by the chosen quadratic and simplex, rather than added as free hypotheses. No theorem assumes the quadratic minimum, a gap maximizer, or a zero coordinate as a premise; those are consequences to be established from feasibility and sparsity. The source PDF contains the statements but not its cited appendix proofs, so formal proof contributions may use other valid arguments. The simplex support, sparse minimum, and curvature interfaces are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Martin Jaggi, Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization, Proceedings of the 30th International Conference on Machine Learning, JMLR Workshop and Conference Proceedings 28, 2013. Proceedings page.
5 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization 1: With L-Lipschitz Losses, SDCA Reaches Expected Duality Gap ε after ⌈n log(λn/(2L²))⌉ + n + 20L²/(λε) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Regularized loss minimization over linear predictors is the training problem behind support vector machines, logistic regression, ridge regression and their many variants. Given examples x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd, one minimizes an average of convex losses of the predictions w⊤xiw^\top x_iw⊤xi​ plus a quadratic penalty. Dual coordinate ascent (DCA) solves the Fenchel dual of this problem by optimizing one dual variable at a time; it has been the workhorse of linear SVM solvers such as LIBLINEAR (Hsieh et al., ICML 2008). Before Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang's work, the available analyses of DCA either gave linear rates with constants depending on unknown problem quantities or did not control the duality gap, which is the quantity a practitioner can actually monitor as a stopping criterion.

Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang (2013) analysed stochastic dual coordinate ascent (SDCA), where the coordinate is picked uniformly at random, and proved explicit bounds on the expected duality gap. For Lipschitz losses (hinge loss, absolute loss) the bound is O~(n+L2/(λϵ))\tilde O(n+L^2/(\lambda\epsilon))O~(n+L2/(λϵ)) iterations, which matches stochastic gradient descent when the accuracy is low and improves on it when nnn is small compared with L2/(λϵ)L^2/(\lambda\epsilon)L2/(λϵ). This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 1 of the paper, together with the lemmas of its proof.

Timeline. Hsieh, Chang, Lin, Keerthi and Sundararajan (2008) proposed dual coordinate descent for linear SVMs and proved linear convergence with an unspecified constant. Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang (arXiv 2012, JMLR 2013) gave the first explicit duality-gap rates for SDCA, for Lipschitz and for smooth losses. Proximal and accelerated variants followed (Shalev-Shwartz and Zhang, Math. Program. 2016).

Setting

Fix n≥1n\ge1n≥1 examples x1,…,xn∈Rdx_1,\dots,x_n\in\mathbb R^dx1​,…,xn​∈Rd (Euclidean norm), convex losses ϕ1,…,ϕn:R→R\phi_1,\dots,\phi_n:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rϕ1​,…,ϕn​:R→R and a regularization parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. The primal problem (1) is to minimize

P(w)=1n∑i=1nϕi(w⊤xi)+λ2∥w∥2.P(w)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\phi_i(w^\top x_i)+\frac\lambda2\|w\|^2 .P(w)=n1​i=1∑n​ϕi​(w⊤xi​)+2λ​∥w∥2.

The convex conjugate of a scalar function is ϕ∗(u)=sup⁡z(zu−ϕ(z))∈(−∞,+∞]\phi^*(u)=\sup_z(zu-\phi(z))\in(-\infty,+\infty]ϕ∗(u)=supz​(zu−ϕ(z))∈(−∞,+∞]. The dual problem (2) is to maximize, over α∈Rn\alpha\in\mathbb R^nα∈Rn,

D(α)=1n∑i=1n−ϕi∗(−αi)−λ2∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=1λn∑i=1nαixi.D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n-\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)-\frac\lambda2\|w(\alpha)\|^2,\qquad w(\alpha)=\frac1{\lambda n}\sum_{i=1}^n\alpha_ix_i .D(α)=n1​i=1∑n​−ϕi∗​(−αi​)−2λ​∥w(α)∥2,w(α)=λn1​i=1∑n​αi​xi​.

Weak duality gives D(α)≤P(w)D(\alpha)\le P(w)D(α)≤P(w) for all α,w\alpha,wα,w, so the duality gap P(w(α))−D(α)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)P(w(α))−D(α) bounds the primal sub-optimality of w(α)w(\alpha)w(α).

A loss ϕ\phiϕ is LLL-Lipschitz if ∣ϕ(a)−ϕ(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣|\phi(a)-\phi(b)|\le L|a-b|∣ϕ(a)−ϕ(b)∣≤L∣a−b∣ for all a,ba,ba,b. The paper's standing assumptions are ∥xi∥≤1\|x_i\|\le1∥xi​∥≤1, ϕi≥0\phi_i\ge0ϕi​≥0 and ϕi(0)≤1\phi_i(0)\le1ϕi​(0)≤1.

Procedure SDCA starts from α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0. At iteration t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T it picks a coordinate iii uniformly at random, chooses Δαi\Delta\alpha_iΔαi​ maximizing

−ϕi∗(−(αi(t−1)+Δαi))−λn2∥w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαixi∥2,-\phi_i^*\bigl(-(\alpha_i^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_i)\bigr)-\frac{\lambda n}{2}\bigl\|w^{(t-1)}+(\lambda n)^{-1}\Delta\alpha_i x_i\bigr\|^2,−ϕi∗​(−(αi(t−1)​+Δαi​))−2λn​​w(t−1)+(λn)−1Δαi​xi​​2,

and sets α(t)=α(t−1)+Δαiei\alpha^{(t)}=\alpha^{(t-1)}+\Delta\alpha_ie_iα(t)=α(t−1)+Δαi​ei​ and w(t)=w(α(t))w^{(t)}=w(\alpha^{(t)})w(t)=w(α(t)). The averaging option outputs αˉ=1T−T0∑t=T0+1Tα(t−1)\bar\alpha=\frac1{T-T_0}\sum_{t=T_0+1}^T\alpha^{(t-1)}αˉ=T−T0​1​∑t=T0​+1T​α(t−1) and wˉ=w(αˉ)\bar w=w(\bar\alpha)wˉ=w(αˉ). Let α∗\alpha^*α∗ maximize DDD and write ϵD(t)=D(α∗)−D(α(t))\epsilon_D^{(t)}=D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha^{(t)})ϵD(t)​=D(α∗)−D(α(t)) for the dual sub-optimality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 5)

For convex LLL-Lipschitz losses under the standing assumptions, if ϵP>0\epsilon_P>0ϵP​>0 and

T ≥ T0+n+4L2λϵP ≥ max⁡(0,⌈nlog⁡(0.5λnL−2)⌉)+n+20L2λϵP,T\ \ge\ T_0+n+\frac{4L^2}{\lambda\epsilon_P}\ \ge\ \max\bigl(0,\lceil n\log(0.5\lambda nL^{-2})\rceil\bigr)+n+\frac{20L^2}{\lambda\epsilon_P},T ≥ T0​+n+λϵP​4L2​ ≥ max(0,⌈nlog(0.5λnL−2)⌉)+n+λϵP​20L2​,

then

E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵP,andE[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵP/2  for all t≥T0.\mathbb E\bigl[P(\bar w)-D(\bar\alpha)\bigr]\le\epsilon_P,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mathbb E\bigl[D(\alpha^*)-D(\alpha^{(t)})\bigr]\le\epsilon_P/2\ \text{ for all }t\ge T_0 .E[P(wˉ)−D(αˉ)]≤ϵP​,andE[D(α∗)−D(α(t))]≤ϵP​/2  for all t≥T0​.

The constants 444 and 202020 are the paper's.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: the one-coordinate increase (10); the identity P(w(α))−D(α)=1n∑i(ϕi(w⊤xi)+ϕi∗(−αi)+αiw⊤xi)P(w(\alpha))-D(\alpha)=\frac1n\sum_i(\phi_i(w^\top x_i)+\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)+\alpha_iw^\top x_i)P(w(α))−D(α)=n1​∑i​(ϕi​(w⊤xi​)+ϕi∗​(−αi​)+αi​w⊤xi​); Lemma 1 (expected dual increase at least sn\frac snns​ times the gap minus (sn)2G2λ(\frac sn)^2\frac{G}{2\lambda}(ns​)22λG​); Lemma 2 (D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1D(\alpha)\le P(w^*)\le P(0)\le1D(α)≤P(w∗)≤P(0)≤1, D(0)≥0D(0)\ge0D(0)≥0); Lemma 3 (ϕ∗=+∞\phi^*=+\inftyϕ∗=+∞ outside [−L,L][-L,L][−L,L]); Lemma 4 (G≤4L2G\le4L^2G≤4L2); the recursion after (13); the rate (14), E[ϵD(t)]≤2Gλ(2n+t−t0)\mathbb E[\epsilon_D^{(t)}]\le\frac{2G}{\lambda(2n+t-t_0)}E[ϵD(t)​]≤λ(2n+t−t0​)2G​; and the averaged duality-gap bound of p. 16.

Significance

Theorem 1 makes the duality gap of SDCA a certified stopping criterion with an explicit iteration count. Because the gap upper-bounds the primal sub-optimality, it also gives a primal guarantee for the averaged output wˉ\bar wwˉ. It covers non-smooth losses, the hinge loss in particular, where linear rates are not available. The analysis pattern, a lower bound on the expected dual increase by the duality gap (Lemma 1) followed by a recursion for the dual sub-optimality, was reused in the analyses of proximal, accelerated and mini-batch dual methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal account of the primal–dual pair of regularized loss minimization with extended-real conjugates, a formal SDCA run with uniformly random coordinates, and the complete chain of lemmas. Lemma 1 is stated with a general strong-convexity modulus γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0, as in the paper, so it serves the smooth-loss analysis as well.

Difficulty

The obvious first idea is to treat SDCA as stochastic coordinate ascent on a concave function and import a standard rate. That fails: DDD is neither smooth nor strongly concave for Lipschitz losses, and its domain {α:ϕi∗(−αi)<∞}\{\alpha:\phi_i^*(-\alpha_i)<\infty\}{α:ϕi∗​(−αi​)<∞} is a box, so the per-coordinate progress cannot be bounded by a gradient norm. The argument instead compares the exact coordinate maximizer with an explicit interpolation towards a sub-gradient, which needs the conjugate's value at a sub-gradient (Fenchel–Young equality) and its infinite values outside [−L,L][-L,L][−L,L].

The rate (14) is not a plain geometric recursion. It needs a burn-in phase and then an induction with a step size sss that changes with ttt, and the duality gap of the output has to be recovered from the dual progress by Jensen's inequality over the averaged iterates. Everything happens in expectation over the coordinate sequence, while the dual values have to be kept finite along every run.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), examples and losses are indexed by Fin n, and w⊤xw^\top xw⊤x is inner ℝ w x.
  • The conjugate is an EReal supremum, and DDD is EReal-valued. Real values of DDD are used only where the same statement asserts that they are finite.
  • The coordinate step is a free map Δ : (Fin n → ℝ) → Fin n → ℝ constrained by an arg-max predicate (IsSDCAStep). Any maximizer is admissible, and one exists for convex real losses.
  • The run is a function of the coordinate sequence js : Fin T → Fin n, started at α(0)=0\alpha^{(0)}=0α(0)=0, with w(t)=w(α(t))w^{(t)}=w(\alpha^{(t)})w(t)=w(α(t)).
  • Expectations are uniform averages over coordinate sequences (SAGA.Convex.expectIdx, a published definition).
  • α∗\alpha^*α∗ is any maximizer of DDD, and w∗w^*w∗ any minimizer of PPP.
  • The constant G=max⁡tG(t)G=\max_tG^{(t)}G=maxt​G(t) of the proof is pinned to its bound 4L24L^24L2. Theorem 1's burn-in max⁡(0,⌈nlog⁡(0.5λnL−2)⌉)\max(0,\lceil n\log(0.5\lambda nL^{-2})\rceil)max(0,⌈nlog(0.5λnL−2)⌉) is exactly the value of t0t_0t0​ obtained with G=4L2G=4L^2G=4L2 and ϵD(0)≤1\epsilon_D^{(0)}\le1ϵD(0)​≤1.
  • Lemmas 1 and 4 are stated for a fixed dual-feasible state. The paper's history-averaged form follows from this.

A real-valued conjugate, which returns 000 where the supremum is infinite, or an unconstrained step map would make the statements false or vacuous. The EReal conjugate and the arg-max predicate rule both out.

Infrastructure needed: Fenchel–Young for scalar convex functions, the existence of sub-gradients of convex real functions and their bound by the Lipschitz constant, Jensen's inequality for the convex PPP and the concave DDD, and the algebra of uniform averages over {1,…,n}t\{1,\dots,n\}^t{1,…,n}t. The conjugate and sub-differential definitions and the duality-gap identity can be reused beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are lemmas on EReal sums that keep the finiteness bookkeeping short.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and T. Zhang, Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent Methods for Regularized Loss Minimization, arXiv:1209.1873v2, 2013; Journal of Machine Learning Research 14:567–599, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.1873
  • C.-J. Hsieh, K.-W. Chang, C.-J. Lin, S. S. Keerthi and S. Sundararajan, A Dual Coordinate Descent Method for Large-scale Linear SVM, ICML 2008. https://doi.org/10.1145/1390156.1390208
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz and T. Zhang, Accelerated Proximal Stochastic Dual Coordinate Ascent for Regularized Loss Minimization, Mathematical Programming 155:105–145, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0839-0
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 3: No Differentially Private Mechanism Is Useful for Interval Queries over Real-Valued DatabasesResearch Paper

Motivation

Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim, Smith 2006) asks that a randomized algorithm run on a database behave almost identically whether or not any single record is changed. A central question for data curators is non-interactive release: publish, once, a sanitized object (ideally a synthetic database) from which analysts can answer many statistical queries accurately. Blum, Ligett and Roth (arXiv:1109.2229, JACM 2013) showed that over a discrete data universe this is possible for every class of counting queries of bounded VC-dimension, with accuracy governed by the VC-dimension and the logarithm of the universe size.

That dependence on the universe size raises an obvious question: can the discretization be removed? For real-valued data the class of interval queries ("what fraction of the records lies in [a,b][a,b][a,b]?") has VC-dimension 2, so a learning-theoretic intuition suggests that releasing a database accurate for all intervals should be easy. Section 5 of the paper shows that it is impossible under differential privacy. This mission formalizes that impossibility.

The phenomenon was later quantified: Bun, Nissim, Stemmer and Vadhan (FOCS 2015) showed that for approximate differential privacy, releasing threshold queries over a finite ordered domain of size NNN requires sample size growing with log⁡∗N\log^* Nlog∗N, so that the infinite case is impossible for approximate privacy as well. The present result is the pure-privacy statement for the real line.

Setting

A real-valued database of size n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 is a tuple z=(z1,…,zn)∈Rnz = (z_1,\dots,z_n) \in \mathbb R^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Rn. Two databases are neighbours if they differ in exactly one coordinate. A mechanism maps each database zzz to a probability distribution A(z)A(z)A(z) on a measurable output space OOO. It is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if for all neighbours z,z′z, z'z,z′ and all measurable S⊆OS \subseteq OS⊆O,

Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eε Pr⁡[A(z′)∈S].\Pr[A(z) \in S] \le e^{\varepsilon}\,\Pr[A(z') \in S].Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S].

For real a≤ba \le ba≤b the interval query is Q[a,b](z)=#{i:a≤zi≤b}/nQ_{[a,b]}(z) = \#\{i : a \le z_i \le b\}/nQ[a,b]​(z)=#{i:a≤zi​≤b}/n. A mechanism with a readout ans(o,a,b)\mathrm{ans}(o,a,b)ans(o,a,b) (the answer that output ooo gives to Q[a,b]Q_{[a,b]}Q[a,b]​; for synthetic data D^\hat DD^, ans(D^,a,b)=Q[a,b](D^)\mathrm{ans}(\hat D,a,b) = Q_{[a,b]}(\hat D)ans(D^,a,b)=Q[a,b]​(D^)) is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for interval queries if for every database zzz,

Pr⁡o∼A(z)[∀a≤b: ∣ans(o,a,b)−Q[a,b](z)∣≤α]≥1−δ.\Pr_{o\sim A(z)}\big[\forall a \le b:\ |\mathrm{ans}(o,a,b) - Q_{[a,b]}(z)| \le \alpha\big] \ge 1-\delta .o∼A(z)Pr​[∀a≤b: ∣ans(o,a,b)−Q[a,b]​(z)∣≤α]≥1−δ.

A real number rrr is a θ\thetaθ-percentile point of zzz (the paper's "50−δ,50+δ50-\delta, 50+\delta50−δ,50+δ percentile" with θ=δ/100\theta = \delta/100θ=δ/100) if at least (1/2−θ)n(1/2-\theta)n(1/2−θ)n entries satisfy zi≤rz_i \le rzi​≤r and at least (1/2−θ)n(1/2-\theta)n(1/2−θ)n entries satisfy zi≥rz_i \ge rzi​≥r. A mechanism with real outputs answers median queries usefully with positive probability if on every database its output is a θ\thetaθ-percentile point with positive probability.

In Lean, databases are Fin n → ℝ; neighbours and differential privacy are the published PrivLearn.Generic.Neighbors and PrivLearn.Generic.IsDP; the new objects are intervalQuery, IsPercentile, AnswersMedianUsefully and UsefulIntervals in PrivateRelease.Continuous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.2 (p. 15)

For every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0 and α,δ<1/2\alpha, \delta < 1/2α,δ<1/2, no ε\varepsilonε-differentially private mechanism with a measurable readout is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for interval queries on Rn\mathbb R^nRn:

IsDP(A,ε)  ⟹  ¬ UsefulIntervals(A,ans,α,δ).\mathrm{IsDP}(A,\varepsilon) \;\Longrightarrow\; \neg\,\mathrm{UsefulIntervals}(A,\mathrm{ans},\alpha,\delta).IsDP(A,ε)⟹¬UsefulIntervals(A,ans,α,δ).

No constant is hard-coded; the thresholds 1/21/21/2 are the paper's.

Milestone: Theorem 5.1 (p. 14)

For every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, 0≤θ<1/20 \le \theta < 1/20≤θ<1/2 and real ε\varepsilonε, no ε\varepsilonε-differentially private mechanism A:Rn→P(R)A : \mathbb R^n \to \mathcal P(\mathbb R)A:Rn→P(R) answers median queries usefully with positive probability on every database:

IsDP(A,ε)  ⟹  ∃z, Pr⁡r∼A(z)[r is a θ-percentile point of z]=0.\mathrm{IsDP}(A,\varepsilon) \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists z,\ \Pr_{r\sim A(z)}[r \text{ is a } \theta\text{-percentile point of } z] = 0 .IsDP(A,ε)⟹∃z, r∼A(z)Pr​[r is a θ-percentile point of z]=0.

Significance

The result. Corollary 5.2 is the reason the paper's general release mechanism needs a discretized data universe and why its halfspace mechanism (§6) relaxes usefulness to large-margin queries. More broadly it separates private release from non-private learning: the class of intervals is learnable from O(1/α2)O(1/\alpha^2)O(1/α2) samples without privacy, yet no pure-private mechanism can release it at all over R\mathbb RR. It anticipates the line of work on private learning of thresholds and the role of the domain size in private query release.

Formalizing it. Both statements are proved in the paper; neither is, to our knowledge, machine-checked. A formal proof needs the countability of the atoms of a finite measure on R\mathbb RR, the stability of differential privacy under measurable post-processing, and a measurable selection of a percentile point from approximate interval answers. These pieces (especially post-processing for general measurable outputs) are reusable across formalized differential privacy.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Theorem 5.1, a direct comparison of two neighbouring databases, gives nothing: changing one record moves the percentile set only slightly, and differential privacy allows each probability to change by a factor eεe^{\varepsilon}eε, so no single pair of neighbours yields a contradiction. A naive appeal to "the median reveals a record" also fails, since the statement must exclude even mechanisms that are correct with tiny positive probability.

For Corollary 5.2 the difficulty is measure-theoretic: the usefulness event intersects uncountably many conditions, the release must be converted into a single real output measurably, and the converted output must be a percentile point on the useful event for every real database, not only those in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Databases are ordered tuples Fin n → ℝ with n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; the paper's neighbour relation "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'| \le 1∣DΔD′∣≤1" is read as replace-one-entry.
  • Mechanisms are families of probability measures (IsProbabilityMeasure (A z) is a hypothesis). Theorem 5.1's outputs live in R\mathbb RR with its Borel σ-algebra.
  • Interval queries use closed intervals [a,b][a,b][a,b] with a≤ba \le ba≤b, as in the paper's indicator Ia1,a2I_{a_1,a_2}Ia1​,a2​​ (p. 12).
  • Usefulness is required on every database in Rn\mathbb R^nRn (Definition 2.10 with X=RX = \mathbb RX=R). The usefulness event need not be measurable; its probability is the outer measure.
  • The goal is stated for an arbitrary measurable output space with a readout ans\mathrm{ans}ans measurable in the output for each fixed query. Synthetic data is a special case, so the formal goal is at least as strong as the paper's. The readout's measurability is necessary for the statement to be true with outer measures.
  • The percentile set counts entries equal to rrr on both sides. A one-sided reading (#{zi≤r}/n∈[1/2−θ,1/2+θ]\#\{z_i \le r\}/n \in [1/2-\theta, 1/2+\theta]#{zi​≤r}/n∈[1/2−θ,1/2+θ]) makes the set empty for constant databases, so that Theorem 5.1 would hold vacuously; the chosen definition always contains a sample median and equals {c}\{c\}{c} on a constant database (c,…,c)(c,\dots,c)(c,…,c) (both facts were checked locally in Lean).
  • Trivializing readings are ruled out: the percentile set is never empty, the mechanism is a probability measure (the zero measure is differentially private), and n=0n = 0n=0 (no neighbours, Q=0/0=0Q = 0/0 = 0Q=0/0=0 in Lean) is excluded.
  • There is no O(·)/Ω(·) in this section, so no constant was instantiated.
  • Not formalized: the clause of Corollary 5.2 "nor for any class CCC that generalizes interval queries to higher dimensions (for example, halfspaces, axis-aligned rectangles, or spheres)", because the paper does not define "generalizes".

Contributions welcome: a proof of Theorem 5.1; a general post-processing lemma for IsDP; the reduction from interval usefulness to median answers.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1, 2011; J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229, https://doi.org/10.1145/2450142.2450148
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • M. Bun, K. Nissim, U. Stemmer, S. Vadhan, Differentially Private Release and Learning of Threshold Functions, FOCS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.07553
4 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 4: (ε, β)-Distributional Privacy with β = o(1/n²) Implies ε-Differential PrivacyResearch Paper

Motivation

Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith 2006) is the standard guarantee for releasing statistics about a sensitive database: replacing one record changes the probability of any outcome by at most a factor eεe^{\varepsilon}eε. In their paper on non-interactive database privacy, Blum, Ligett and Roth propose an alternative motivated by learning theory, distributional privacy. When a database is a sample from a population, a release should reveal no more about the sample than is inherent in the population itself. Their example is a group of hospitals, each treating a random sample of the patients with a disease in a region: a hospital can publish information that describes the regional population without revealing which hospital's patients produced it.

The two notions look incomparable at first. Differential privacy protects only databases that differ in one record, but protects every such pair; distributional privacy can protect databases that differ in all their records, but only for typical pairs, and it tolerates a small failure probability β\betaβ. §7 of the paper (p. 19) shows that distributional privacy is the stronger notion once β\betaβ is small compared with 1/n21/n^21/n2. This mission formalizes that implication, Theorem 7.3.

Setting

Fix a data universe XXX and a measurable space RRR of outputs. In §7 a database of size nnn is a set D⊆XD\subseteq XD⊆X with ∣D∣=n|D|=n∣D∣=n; databases are drawn without replacement, so they have no repeated elements. A mechanism AAA assigns to each database DDD of size nnn the probability law A(D)A(D)A(D) of its random output, a measure on RRR, and Pr⁡[A(D)∈E]\Pr[A(D)\in E]Pr[A(D)∈E] denotes A(D)(E)A(D)(E)A(D)(E).

  • Two databases D,D′D,D'D,D′ of size nnn are neighbours if D′D'D′ is obtained from DDD by replacing one element: ∣D∖D′∣=1|D\setminus D'|=1∣D∖D′∣=1.
  • AAA is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private (Definition 2.1, p. 5) if Pr⁡[A(D)∈E]≤eεPr⁡[A(D′)∈E]\Pr[A(D)\in E]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(D')\in E]Pr[A(D)∈E]≤eεPr[A(D′)∈E] for all neighbours D,D′D,D'D,D′ and all measurable events E⊆RE\subseteq RE⊆R.
  • For a finite population S⊆XS\subseteq XS⊆X with ∣S∣≥n|S|\ge n∣S∣≥n, two SSS-neighbours D1,D2D_1,D_2D1​,D2​ (Definition 7.1) are drawn independently, each uniformly among the nnn-element subsets of SSS.
  • A pair (D1,D2)(D_1,D_2)(D1​,D2​) is good if Pr⁡[A(D1)∈E]≤eεPr⁡[A(D2)∈E]\Pr[A(D_1)\in E]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(D_2)\in E]Pr[A(D1​)∈E]≤eεPr[A(D2​)∈E] for all measurable EEE simultaneously.
  • AAA is (ε,β)(\varepsilon,\beta)(ε,β)-distributionally private (Definition 7.2) if, for every such SSS, the SSS-neighbours form a good pair with probability at least 1−β1-\beta1−β; equivalently, at most β(∣S∣n)2\beta\binom{|S|}{n}^2β(n∣S∣​)2 ordered pairs of nnn-subsets of SSS are bad.

The Lean development uses the same names: SetNeighbors, IsDPSet, GoodPair, badPairCount and IsDistPrivate in the namespace PrivateRelease.Distributional.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3

For a family of mechanisms (An)n(A_n)_n(An​)n​, one per database size, and failure probabilities βn=o(1/n2)\beta_n=o(1/n^2)βn​=o(1/n2):

n2βn→0  and  An is (ε,βn)-distributionally private for all n ⟹ An is ε-differentially private for all sufficiently large n.n^2\beta_n\to0\ \text{ and }\ A_n\text{ is }(\varepsilon,\beta_n)\text{-distributionally private for all }n\ \Longrightarrow\ A_n\text{ is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private for all sufficiently large }n.n2βn​→0  and  An​ is (ε,βn​)-distributionally private for all n ⟹ An​ is ε-differentially private for all sufficiently large n.

The goal keeps the paper's asymptotic hypothesis and leaves the rate of βn\beta_nβn​ unfixed beyond o(1/n2)o(1/n^2)o(1/n2).

Milestone: the fixed-size statement

For a single size nnn, the threshold the paper's argument actually uses:

β<1(n+1)2  and  A is (ε,β)-distributionally private ⟹ A is ε-differentially private on databases of size n.\beta<\frac{1}{(n+1)^2}\ \text{ and }\ A\text{ is }(\varepsilon,\beta)\text{-distributionally private}\ \Longrightarrow\ A\text{ is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private on databases of size }n.β<(n+1)21​  and  A is (ε,β)-distributionally private ⟹ A is ε-differentially private on databases of size n.

The goal follows from it, since n2βn→0n^2\beta_n\to0n2βn​→0 forces βn<1/(n+1)2\beta_n<1/(n+1)^2βn​<1/(n+1)2 eventually.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 places distributional privacy above differential privacy: a mechanism designed for the distributional guarantee automatically inherits every consequence of differential privacy, including its composition properties and its robustness to auxiliary information about individuals. The paper complements it with a separation (Theorem 7.5), so the inclusion is strict. A footnote extends the conclusion to tεt\varepsilontε-privacy for databases that differ in ttt elements.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The value of the formalization lies in fixing the definitions. Definition 7.2 is informal about the sampling model ("drawn at random without replacement"), about whether the guarantee holds for all events at once or event by event, and about what β=o(1/n2)\beta=o(1/n^2)β=o(1/n2) means for a mechanism defined on one database size. The proof's count "with probability 2/n22/n^22/n2" is also loose: the exact probability of a given unordered pair is 2/(n+1)22/(n+1)^22/(n+1)2. The mission records one precise reading of each and the theorem under it, and the definitions are reusable for further work on distributional privacy and on the paper's separation result.

Difficulty

The mathematics is short; the difficulty is in the encoding. The step that fails under a careless reading is the passage from "with probability 1−β1-\beta1−β" to "with certainty": it requires the population SSS to be finite and small (the proof takes ∣S∣=n+1|S|=n+1∣S∣=n+1), so that a single pair has probability bounded below. If the guarantee is read event by event (for each EEE, most pairs satisfy the inequality for that EEE), the counting argument still applies to each event separately, but the definition is weaker than the paper's. If databases are allowed to repeat elements, the theorem is false, because distributional privacy never examines a database with repetitions while differential privacy does.

Formalization scope

  • Databases are Finset X of cardinality nnn; a mechanism is A : Finset X → Measure R, and only its values on nnn-element sets matter. [DecidableEq X] is assumed for set difference.
  • Neighbours replace one element ((D \ D').card = 1). The paper's literal "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'|\le1∣DΔD′∣≤1" holds for equal-size sets only when D=D′D=D'D=D′; the replace-one reading is the intended one.
  • Events are measurable subsets of RRR; with the σ-algebra ⊤\top⊤ on RRR these are all sets.
  • Only finite populations SSS are quantified. This weakens the hypothesis of Theorem 7.3 and so makes the theorem stronger. The two draws are independent, and pairs are counted as ordered pairs.
  • The asymptotic hypothesis is Tendsto (fun n => n^2 * β n) atTop (𝓝 0) and the conclusion is ∀ᶠ n in atTop; the claim for every nnn would be false at small nnn.
  • No probability-measure hypothesis is imposed: the theorem is an implication between two families of inequalities. The hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance by any constant mechanism.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: β\betaβ is constrained by n2βn→0n^2\beta_n\to0n2βn​→0, since for β≥1\beta\ge1β≥1 distributional privacy holds for every mechanism and the implication would be false; and the bad event is "some measurable EEE violates the inequality", not a per-event condition.
  • Explicit thresholds: the paper's "β=o(1/n2)\beta=o(1/n^2)β=o(1/n2)" with its count "2/n22/n^22/n2" becomes β<1/(n+1)2\beta<1/(n+1)^2β<1/(n+1)2 in the fixed-size milestone; no other O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears.
  • Out of scope: Theorem 7.5 (the separation) with Definition 7.4, because its query Q2/εQ_{2/\varepsilon}Q2/ε​ needs 2/ε∈N2/\varepsilon\in\mathbb N2/ε∈N, its databases are bit-vectors rather than sets, and "with constant probability" is never quantified.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestone and the goal, and the footnote's tεt\varepsilontε extension for databases differing in ttt elements, stated as a new theorem.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1, 2011; J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229 , https://doi.org/10.1145/2450142.2450148
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
3 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 5: Online-to-Batch Conversion Bounds the Excess Risk by the Expected Average RegretResearch Paper

Motivation

Online learning and stochastic learning ask different questions. An online learner faces an arbitrary sequence of loss functions and is judged by its regret: the excess of its cumulative loss over that of the best fixed hypothesis in hindsight. A stochastic learner receives independent samples from an unknown distribution and is judged by the risk of a single hypothesis it outputs. Regret bounds hold without any probabilistic assumption, so they are strong guarantees; risk bounds are what statistical learning and stochastic optimization actually need.

The online-to-batch conversion connects the two: run any online learner on losses built from i.i.d. samples and output either the average of its predictions or one prediction chosen at random. The expected excess risk of the output is then at most the expected regret divided by the number of rounds. A general form of the conversion is due to Cesa-Bianchi, Conconi and Gentile (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 2004). Shalev-Shwartz's survey (Found. Trends Mach. Learn. 2011) states it in expectation, in Vapnik's general setting of learning, as Theorem 5.1 and Corollary 5.2 (§5, pp. 186–189). Every stochastic-gradient analysis that goes "regret bound, then online-to-batch" rests on this statement.

Setting

Fix a dimension ddd and a hypothesis class S⊆RdS \subseteq \mathbb R^dS⊆Rd. Examples range over a measurable space Ψ\PsiΨ and are drawn from a probability distribution QQQ on Ψ\PsiΨ, which the learner does not know. A cost c(w,ψ)≥0c(w,\psi) \ge 0c(w,ψ)≥0 measures how badly hypothesis w∈Sw\in Sw∈S does on example ψ\psiψ, and the risk of www is

C(w)=Eψ∼Q [c(w,ψ)].C(w) = \mathbb E_{\psi\sim Q}\,[c(w,\psi)].C(w)=Eψ∼Q​[c(w,ψ)].

This is Vapnik's general setting of learning (Definition 5.1); supervised classification, regression and stochastic convex optimization are special cases.

The conversion draws ψ0,…,ψT−1\psi_0,\dots,\psi_{T-1}ψ0​,…,ψT−1​ independently from QQQ and runs an online learner on the losses ft(w)=c(w,ψt)f_t(w) = c(w,\psi_t)ft​(w)=c(w,ψt​). Its prediction in round ttt, wt∈Sw_t\in Swt​∈S, may depend only on ψ0,…,ψt−1\psi_0,\dots,\psi_{t-1}ψ0​,…,ψt−1​. The output wˉ\bar wwˉ is either the average 1T∑twt\frac1T\sum_t w_tT1​∑t​wt​ or the randomized choice wrw_rwr​, with rrr uniform on the TTT rounds and independent of the sample.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.2

For every comparator u∈Su\in Su∈S, under the conditions of Theorem 5.1,

E[C(wˉ)]−C(u)  ≤  E[1T∑t(ft(wt)−ft(u))],\mathbb E\big[C(\bar w)\big] - C(u) \;\le\; \mathbb E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t}\big(f_t(w_t)-f_t(u)\big)\Big],E[C(wˉ)]−C(u)≤E[T1​t∑​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))],

for the randomized output, and for the averaged output when SSS and CCC are convex. The right side is the expected regret divided by TTT. The statement contains no constant: it is an exact reduction, valid for every online learner.

Milestones

  1. The round-ttt identity E[c(wt,ψt)]=E[C(wt)]\mathbb E[c(w_t,\psi_t)] = \mathbb E[C(w_t)]E[c(wt​,ψt​)]=E[C(wt​)] (§5, p. 188).
  2. Equation (5.1): E[1T∑tC(wt)]=E[1T∑tc(wt,ψt)]\mathbb E\big[\frac1T\sum_t C(w_t)\big] = \mathbb E\big[\frac1T\sum_t c(w_t,\psi_t)\big]E[T1​∑t​C(wt​)]=E[T1​∑t​c(wt​,ψt​)].
  3. Theorem 5.1: E[C(wˉ)]=E[1T∑tft(wt)]\mathbb E[C(\bar w)] = \mathbb E\big[\frac1T\sum_t f_t(w_t)\big]E[C(wˉ)]=E[T1​∑t​ft​(wt​)] for randomization, and ≤\le≤ for averaging when CCC is convex.
  4. The comparator identity E[1T∑tc(u,ψt)]=C(u)\mathbb E\big[\frac1T\sum_t c(u,\psi_t)\big] = C(u)E[T1​∑t​c(u,ψt​)]=C(u) (p. 189).

Significance

Corollary 5.2 makes every regret bound a risk bound. Combined with the O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret of online gradient descent or online mirror descent, it gives the O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) excess-risk rate of stochastic gradient methods for convex Lipschitz problems; combined with logarithmic regret for strongly convex losses, it gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T / T)O(logT/T) rates. The survey's own "Stochastic Online Mirror Descent" box (p. 189) is exactly this composition.

The result is proved in the paper. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version in a measure-theoretic model with honest non-anticipation and a genuine model of the randomized output. The platform has a related statement, Mohri, Rostamizadeh and Talwalkar's Theorem 8.15 (FoundationsML.OnlineLearning.online_to_batch_conversion), which is a high-probability bound for bounded convex losses in supervised learning; it is a different statement and neither implies the other. The expectation form here is the one stochastic-optimization arguments use.

Difficulty

The result is short on paper; the formal content is the conditional-expectation step. The prediction wtw_twt​ is a random variable built from ψ0,…,ψt−1\psi_0,\dots,\psi_{t-1}ψ0​,…,ψt−1​, while ψt\psi_tψt​ is a fresh draw, so E[c(wt,ψt)]\mathbb E[c(w_t,\psi_t)]E[c(wt​,ψt​)] must be computed by integrating out ψt\psi_tψt​ first, which means a Fubini–Tonelli argument on a product of TTT copies of QQQ split into the past, the present and the future of round ttt. The first idea, that c(wt,ψt)c(w_t,\psi_t)c(wt​,ψt​) has the same law as c(w,ψ)c(w,\psi)c(w,ψ) for a fixed www, is wrong: wtw_twt​ is random. The identity also fails as soon as wtw_twt​ may look at ψt\psi_tψt​ (take wtw_twt​ a minimizer of c(⋅,ψt)c(\cdot,\psi_t)c(⋅,ψt​)), so the argument must use the information structure, not only the marginal laws. The averaging part additionally needs Jensen's inequality for CCC and the measurability of CCC as a function of the hypothesis.

Formalization scope

  • Hypotheses live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with SSS a set, because averaging needs a vector space. Rounds are numbered 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1, and T≥1T \ge 1T≥1.
  • The sample is ψ : Fin T → Ψ under Measure.pi (fun _ => Q), with Q a probability measure: independent draws from QQQ.
  • The online learner is a family A t : (Fin t → Ψ) → ℝ^d of measurable maps with values in SSS, so non-anticipation holds by typing: wt=At(ψ0,…,ψt−1)w_t = A_t(\psi_0,\dots,\psi_{t-1})wt​=At​(ψ0​,…,ψt−1​). The learner may read the examples, not only the losses; this class contains the paper's learners, so the statements are at least as strong.
  • The randomized output is modelled on the product of the sample law with the uniform law on Fin T. The expectation over rrr is not replaced by the average over rounds (that replacement is the first line of the proof).
  • Standing assumptions on the cost (footnote 1, made explicit): c≥0c\ge0c≥0 on S×ΨS\times\PsiS×Ψ, jointly measurable on S×ΨS\times\PsiS×Ψ, and c(w,⋅)c(w,\cdot)c(w,⋅) integrable for each w∈Sw\in Sw∈S, so that C(w)C(w)C(w) is a real number.
  • Added hypotheses, each recorded in the statements: u∈Su\in Su∈S for "uuu any vector"; SSS convex for the averaged output, so that wˉ∈S\bar w\in Swˉ∈S; for the averaged output, the online losses c(wt,ψt)c(w_t,\psi_t)c(wt​,ψt​) have finite expectation (otherwise the paper's inequality has an infinite right side, which Lean's Bochner integral would read as 000).
  • No O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears in this section, so there are no constants to instantiate, and no erratum was found.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a prediction allowed to depend on the whole sample would make the identity false, and integrals of non-integrable functions, which Lean evaluates to 000, appear only on sides where the hypotheses or nonnegativity make them meaningful.
  • Out of scope: the high-probability version (footnote 2, p. 187), empirical risk minimization (p. 187), and the "Stochastic Online Mirror Descent" box (p. 189), which carries no theorem.

Infrastructure needed: Tonelli/Fubini on finite products split at a coordinate (Mathlib's Measure.pi), measurability of parametric integrals, and Jensen's inequality for a convex function of a finite average. The round-ttt identity is reusable for any non-anticipating stochastic process; contributions of proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2), 107–194, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • N. Cesa-Bianchi, A. Conconi, C. Gentile, On the generalization ability of on-line learning algorithms, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 50(9), 2050–2057, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2004.833339
  • V. Vapnik, Statistical Learning Theory, Wiley, 1998. ISBN 978-0-471-03003-4
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization 3: Winnow Makes at Most (Σₜ fₜ(u) + k log(d)/η)/(1 − 2η) Mistakes, and 8k log d on Separable k-Literal DisjunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

A monotone disjunction over ddd Boolean variables is a rule of the form x[i1]∨⋯∨x[ik]x[i_1]\vee\dots\vee x[i_k]x[i1​]∨⋯∨x[ik​]. Learning such a rule online — predicting the label of each example before it is revealed and paying one unit per wrong prediction — is the basic test case for learning when only a few of many features matter. Littlestone's Winnow algorithm (Littlestone 1988) learns a kkk-literal disjunction with O(klog⁡d)O(k\log d)O(klogd) mistakes, while additive algorithms such as the Perceptron need a number of mistakes that grows linearly in ddd on the same problem. Kivinen and Warmuth (1997) placed this gap inside a general theory of multiplicative versus additive updates. Shalev-Shwartz's survey (2011) derives Winnow as a special case of Online Mirror Descent with an unnormalized entropy regularizer, and obtains its mistake bound from a general local-norm regret bound. This mission formalizes that derivation.

Setting

Throughout, labels are yt∈{−1,1}y_t\in\{-1,1\}yt​∈{−1,1} and instances are xt∈{0,1}dx_t\in\{0,1\}^dxt​∈{0,1}d. For u∈{0,1}du\in\{0,1\}^du∈{0,1}d with ∥u∥1=k\|u\|_1=k∥u∥1​=k, the hypothesis x↦sign⁡(⟨u,x⟩−1/2)x\mapsto\operatorname{sign}(\langle u,x\rangle-1/2)x↦sign(⟨u,x⟩−1/2) is the disjunction of the kkk variables with u[i]=1u[i]=1u[i]=1. A weight vector www errs on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) when y(2⟨w,x⟩−1)≤0y(2\langle w,x\rangle-1)\le0y(2⟨w,x⟩−1)≤0.

Winnow with parameter η>0\eta>0η>0 starts from w1=(1/d,…,1/d)w_1=(1/d,\dots,1/d)w1​=(1/d,…,1/d). On round ttt it receives xtx_txt​, predicts sign⁡(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)\operatorname{sign}(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)sign(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1), and receives yty_tyt​. If yt(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)≤0y_t(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)\le0yt​(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1)≤0 it sets wt+1[i]=wt[i]e2ηytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{2\eta y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e2ηyt​xt​[i] for every iii; otherwise wt+1=wtw_{t+1}=w_twt+1​=wt​. The set M\mathcal MM collects the rounds on which it errs. On those rounds the surrogate loss is the hinge loss ft(w)=[1−yt(2⟨w,xt⟩−1)]+f_t(w)=[1-y_t(2\langle w,x_t\rangle-1)]_+ft​(w)=[1−yt​(2⟨w,xt​⟩−1)]+​, and ft=0f_t=0ft​=0 on all other rounds.

Unnormalized Exponentiated Gradient with parameters η,λ>0\eta,\lambda>0η,λ>0, run on linear losses zt∈Rdz_t\in\mathbb R^dzt​∈Rd, keeps wt[i]=λe−ηz1:t−1[i]w_t[i]=\lambda e^{-\eta z_{1:t-1}[i]}wt​[i]=λe−ηz1:t−1​[i], where z1:t−1=∑s<tzsz_{1:t-1}=\sum_{s<t}z_sz1:t−1​=∑s<t​zs​. Winnow is this algorithm with λ=1/d\lambda=1/dλ=1/d and zt=−2ytxtz_t=-2y_tx_tzt​=−2yt​xt​ on t∈Mt\in\mathcal Mt∈M, zt=0z_t=0zt​=0 otherwise.

Online Mirror Descent (OMD) with link function ggg predicts wt=g(−z1:t−1)w_t=g(-z_{1:t-1})wt​=g(−z1:t−1​). Its analysis uses the Fenchel conjugate R⋆(θ)=sup⁡w∈S(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w))R^\star(\theta)=\sup_{w\in S}(\langle w,\theta\rangle-R(w))R⋆(θ)=supw∈S​(⟨w,θ⟩−R(w)) of a regularizer RRR on a set SSS, and the Bregman divergence DF(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩D_F(a\|b)=F(a)-F(b)-\langle\nabla F(b),a-b\rangleDF​(a∥b)=F(a)−F(b)−⟨∇F(b),a−b⟩.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.10

For 0<η<1/20<\eta<1/20<η<1/2, k≥1k\ge1k≥1 and every u∈{0,1}du\in\{0,1\}^du∈{0,1}d with ∥u∥1=k\|u\|_1=k∥u∥1​=k,

∣M∣≤∑t=1Tft(wt)≤11−2η(∑t=1Tft(u)+klog⁡dη),|\mathcal M|\le\sum_{t=1}^T f_t(w_t)\le\frac{1}{1-2\eta}\Bigl(\sum_{t=1}^T f_t(u)+\frac{k\log d}{\eta}\Bigr),∣M∣≤t=1∑T​ft​(wt​)≤1−2η1​(t=1∑T​ft​(u)+ηklogd​),

and if yt(2⟨u,xt⟩−1)≥1y_t(2\langle u,x_t\rangle-1)\ge1yt​(2⟨u,xt​⟩−1)≥1 for all ttt, the run with η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 satisfies

∣M∣≤8klog⁡d.|\mathcal M|\le8k\log d.∣M∣≤8klogd.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.20: for OMD with link g=∇R⋆g=\nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆ and every u∈Su\in Su∈S,
∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤R(u)−R(w1)+∑t=1TDR⋆(−z1:t∥−z1:t−1),\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le R(u)-R(w_1)+\sum_{t=1}^TD_{R^\star}(-z_{1:t}\|-z_{1:t-1}),t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤R(u)−R(w1​)+t=1∑T​DR⋆​(−z1:t​∥−z1:t−1​),

with equality at a minimizer of R(u)+∑t⟨u,zt⟩R(u)+\sum_t\langle u,z_t\rangleR(u)+∑t​⟨u,zt​⟩. 2. Theorem 2.23: if ηzt[i]≥−1\eta z_t[i]\ge-1ηzt​[i]≥−1 for all t,it,it,i, then for all u≥0u\ge0u≥0

∑t=1T⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤dλ+∑iu[i]log⁡(u[i]/(eλ))η+η∑t=1T∑iwt[i]zt[i]2,\sum_{t=1}^T\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le\frac{d\lambda+\sum_iu[i]\log(u[i]/(e\lambda))}{\eta}+\eta\sum_{t=1}^T\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2,t=1∑T​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤ηdλ+∑i​u[i]log(u[i]/(eλ))​+ηt=1∑T​i∑​wt​[i]zt​[i]2,

together with its specialization to λ=1/d\lambda=1/dλ=1/d. 3. (3.3): ∑t(ft(wt)−ft(u))≤∑t⟨wt−u,zt⟩≤klog⁡(d)/η+η∑t∑iwt[i]zt[i]2\sum_t(f_t(w_t)-f_t(u))\le\sum_t\langle w_t-u,z_t\rangle\le k\log(d)/\eta+\eta\sum_t\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2∑t​(ft​(wt​)−ft​(u))≤∑t​⟨wt​−u,zt​⟩≤klog(d)/η+η∑t​∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2 for Winnow. 4. (3.4): ∑iwt[i]zt[i]2≤2ft(wt)\sum_iw_t[i]z_t[i]^2\le2f_t(w_t)∑i​wt​[i]zt​[i]2≤2ft​(wt​) for every round.

Significance

The theorem gives a mistake bound for learning sparse disjunctions that is logarithmic in the number of irrelevant features, against the 4(d+1)k4(d+1)k4(d+1)k of the Perceptron run on the same surrogate (p. 173). The first inequality also covers non-separable data: the bound degrades by ∑tft(u)\sum_tf_t(u)∑t​ft​(u), the total hinge violation of the best disjunction. The milestones are general and carry weight beyond Winnow. Lemma 2.20 is the standard duality form of the OMD regret bound. Theorem 2.23 is a local-norm bound that also allows negative losses down to −1/η-1/\eta−1/η.

All four results are proved on paper. To our knowledge none has a machine-checked proof, in Lean or elsewhere. This mission produces such proofs for the survey's own route: OMD duality, then unnormalized EG, then Winnow.

Difficulty

The obvious route bounds Winnow directly with a potential function, but the survey's statement sits at the end of a chain. The chain needs Fenchel–Young with an attained supremum, a telescoping identity for the conjugate, and the inequality e−a≤1−a+a2e^{-a}\le1-a+a^2e−a≤1−a+a2 for a≥−1a\ge-1a≥−1. It also needs a reduction in which the surrogate losses ftf_tft​ depend on the algorithm's own error set M\mathcal MM. Since ftf_tft​ is defined after the run, the subgradient inequality must be argued for exactly these losses. The bound 1+∑iu[i]log⁡(du[i]/e)≤klog⁡d1+\sum_iu[i]\log(du[i]/e)\le k\log d1+∑i​u[i]log(du[i]/e)≤klogd uses that uuu is Boolean and that k≥1k\ge1k≥1; for fractional u∈[0,1]du\in[0,1]^du∈[0,1]d or for k=0k=0k=0 it fails. Solving (3.3) and (3.4) for ∑tft(wt)\sum_tf_t(w_t)∑t​ft​(wt​) needs 1−2η>01-2\eta>01−2η>0.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ with explicit sums ∑i\sum_i∑i​; Lemma 2.20 is stated in an arbitrary real Hilbert space. Rounds are numbered 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1 in place of 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T. Instances, labels and comparators carry the hypotheses xt[i]∈{0,1}x_t[i]\in\{0,1\}xt​[i]∈{0,1}, yt∈{−1,1}y_t\in\{-1,1\}yt​∈{−1,1}, u[i]∈{0,1}u[i]\in\{0,1\}u[i]∈{0,1}, ∑iu[i]=k\sum_iu[i]=k∑i​u[i]=k. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm, and 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0 through Real.log 0 = 0.

Erratum corrected. The Winnow box on p. 173 prints the update wt+1[i]=wt[i]e−η2ytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{-\eta2y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e−η2yt​xt​[i], and the proof on p. 174 uses zt=2ytxtz_t=2y_tx_tzt​=2yt​xt​. With that sign the algorithm demotes on a false negative, and Theorem 3.10 is false. Take d=2d=2d=2, k=1k=1k=1, u=(1,0)u=(1,0)u=(1,0), η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4, and xt=(1,0)x_t=(1,0)xt​=(1,0), yt=1y_t=1yt​=1 on every round. The margin condition holds, and w1=(1/2,1/2)w_1=(1/2,1/2)w1​=(1/2,1/2) errs on round 1. The printed update only shrinks w[1]w[1]w[1], so every round is an error, and T=6T=6T=6 exceeds 8log⁡2≈5.558\log2\approx5.558log2≈5.55. On an error round the hinge surrogate has gradient −2ytxt-2y_tx_t−2yt​xt​ at wtw_twt​. The mission therefore formalizes the update wt+1[i]=wt[i]e2ηytxt[i]w_{t+1}[i]=w_t[i]e^{2\eta y_tx_t[i]}wt+1​[i]=wt​[i]e2ηyt​xt​[i] (Littlestone's Winnow) and zt=−2ytxtz_t=-2y_tx_tzt​=−2yt​xt​ on M\mathcal MM. With this update the run above errs once. The milestone texts are quoted verbatim, with the printed sign.

Implicit hypotheses made explicit.

  • η>0\eta>0η>0 is Winnow's parameter.
  • The goal requires η<1/2\eta<1/2η<1/2: at η=1/2\eta=1/2η=1/2 the factor 1/(1−2η)1/(1-2\eta)1/(1−2η) is undefined.
  • k≥1k\ge1k≥1 is required: the theorem fails for k=0k=0k=0 (take u=0u=0u=0, d=2d=2d=2, xt=(1,1)x_t=(1,1)xt​=(1,1), yt=−1y_t=-1yt​=−1).
  • The particular case is a statement about the separate run with η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4, and its margin condition is required on the TTT rounds considered.
  • The milestone (3.3) keeps the page's η≤1/2\eta\le1/2η≤1/2.

Conventions.

  • M\mathcal MM contains ties (yt(2⟨wt,xt⟩−1)=0y_t(2\langle w_t,x_t\rangle-1)=0yt​(2⟨wt​,xt​⟩−1)=0), as in the proof on p. 174.
  • In Lemma 2.20, "g=∇R⋆g=\nabla R^\starg=∇R⋆" is three hypotheses: g(θ)∈Sg(\theta)\in Sg(θ)∈S, g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) attains the conjugate's supremum, and R⋆R^\starR⋆ has gradient g(θ)g(\theta)g(θ) at θ\thetaθ. The comparator ranges over SSS.
  • Theorem 2.23's ∥u∥1\|u\|_1∥u∥1​ is ∑iu[i]\sum_iu[i]∑i​u[i], which equals it because u≥0u\ge0u≥0.

The bounds carry no O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and no constant is instantiated. A trivializing formalization is ruled out: ftf_tft​ is the run's own surrogate, not a free function, and the η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 conjunct quantifies over the η=1/4\eta=1/4η=1/4 weights.

Infrastructure needed: conjugates and the Fenchel–Young inequality on a subtype, telescoping sums, elementary exponential inequalities, and the case analysis on {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued data. Lemma 2.20 and Theorem 2.23 are reusable for other OMD and EG analyses. Lemma 2.20 is also stated in the companion mission on normalized EG. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to the goal, are welcome. Excluded: the Perceptron comparison 4(d+1)k4(d+1)k4(d+1)k (p. 173), and Theorem 3.9 (Perceptron), which is already proved on the platform.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, Online Learning and Online Convex Optimization, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 4(2) (2011) 107–194. https://doi.org/10.1561/2200000018
  • N. Littlestone, Learning quickly when irrelevant attributes abound: a new linear-threshold algorithm, Machine Learning 2 (1988) 285–318. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00116827
  • J. Kivinen, M. K. Warmuth, Exponentiated gradient versus gradient descent for linear predictors, Information and Computation 132(1) (1997) 1–63. https://doi.org/10.1006/inco.1996.2612
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization 2: For F Smooth at the Optimum, SGD's Last and Averaged Iterates Attain 2µG²/(λ²T) and 16µG²/(λ²T)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient descent (SGD) is the standard method for minimizing an expected loss F(w)=Ez[ℓ(w,z)]F(w) = \mathbb E_z[\ell(w, z)]F(w)=Ez​[ℓ(w,z)] when only noisy gradients are available: in machine learning, www is a predictor, zzz a random example, and each step uses the gradient of the loss on one fresh example. When FFF is strongly convex, as for regularized learning problems such as the SVM, the minimax-optimal error after TTT oracle calls is of order 1/T1/T1/T. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan (arXiv:1109.5647, ICML 2012) asked whether plain SGD attains this rate, or whether the O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) bound known for averaged SGD is the truth.

Their §3 settles the case where FFF is in addition smooth at its minimizer: both the last iterate and the average of all iterates attain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), with explicit constants. This mission formalizes that section.

Timeline of the relevant bounds:

  • 2007–2009. Hazan, Agarwal and Kale (doi:10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8) show O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) regret for online gradient descent on strongly convex losses, which by online-to-batch conversion gives O(log⁡T/T)O(\log T/T)O(logT/T) for the averaged SGD iterate.
  • 2009. Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (doi:10.1137/070704277) give an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound for the last iterate when FFF is strongly convex and smooth.
  • 2011. Hazan and Kale (arXiv:1006.2425) obtain O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) for strongly convex, possibly non-smooth FFF with a modified algorithm.
  • 2012. Rakhlin, Shamir and Sridharan prove the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds of this mission for SGD under smoothness at the optimum only, show the log⁡T\log TlogT is real for averaged SGD on non-smooth problems, and recover O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) with suffix averaging.

Setting

Let W⊆RdW \subseteq \mathbb R^dW⊆Rd be a closed convex set containing 000, let F:Rd→RF : \mathbb R^d \to \mathbb RF:Rd→R, and let DDD be a probability distribution on a measurable space Z\mathcal ZZ.

  • FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex on WWW, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0: for all w,w′∈Ww, w' \in Ww,w′∈W and every subgradient ggg of FFF at www, F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+λ2∥w′−w∥2F(w') \ge F(w) + \langle g, w' - w\rangle + \frac{\lambda}{2}\|w' - w\|^2F(w′)≥F(w)+⟨g,w′−w⟩+2λ​∥w′−w∥2 (equation (1)).
  • FFF attains its minimum over WWW at w∗∈Ww^* \in Ww∗∈W.
  • A stochastic subgradient oracle is a measurable map g:Rd×Z→Rdg : \mathbb R^d \times \mathcal Z \to \mathbb R^dg:Rd×Z→Rd such that, for every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, the mean Ez∼D[g(w,z)]\mathbb E_{z \sim D}[g(w, z)]Ez∼D​[g(w,z)] is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW, and Ez∼D∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E_{z\sim D}\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2Ez∼D​∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2.
  • FFF is μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗ if
F(w)−F(w∗)≤μ2∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)F(w) - F(w^*) \le \frac{\mu}{2}\|w - w^*\|^2 \qquad \text{for all } w \in W. \tag{2}F(w)−F(w∗)≤2μ​∥w−w∗∥2for all w∈W.(2)

Projected SGD with step sizes ηt=1/(λt)\eta_t = 1/(\lambda t)ηt​=1/(λt) starts at w1=0w_1 = 0w1​=0, draws z1,z2,⋯∼Dz_1, z_2, \dots \sim Dz1​,z2​,⋯∼D independently and sets

wt+1=ΠW(wt−ηt g(wt,zt)),w_{t+1} = \Pi_W\big(w_t - \eta_t\, g(w_t, z_t)\big),wt+1​=ΠW​(wt​−ηt​g(wt​,zt​)),

where ΠW\Pi_WΠW​ is the Euclidean projection onto WWW. The averaged iterate is wˉT=(w1+⋯+wT)/T\bar w_T = (w_1 + \dots + w_T)/TwˉT​=(w1​+⋯+wT​)/T. In Lean the run is UnderstandingML.sgdStrongIterates lam W g S and the average UnderstandingML.sgdStrongAverage lam W g S, for a sample S : Fin T → Z drawn from UnderstandingML.iidLaw D T.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (averaged iterate)

If FFF is λ\lambdaλ-strongly convex and μ\muμ-smooth with respect to w∗w^*w∗, then for every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1

E[F(wˉT)−F(w∗)]≤16 μG2λ2T.\mathbb E\big[F(\bar w_T) - F(w^*)\big] \le \frac{16\,\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 T}.E[F(wˉT​)−F(w∗)]≤λ2T16μG2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2. If E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2\mathbb E\|g(w,z)\|^2 \le G^2E∥g(w,z)∥2≤G2 at a point w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, then ∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2\|w - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/\lambda^2∥w−w∗∥2≤4G2/λ2.
  2. Lemma 1. For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wT−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 4G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wT​−w∗∥2≤4G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.
  3. Theorem 1 (last iterate). Under smoothness, E[F(wT)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T)\mathbb E[F(w_T) - F(w^*)] \le 2\mu G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E[F(wT​)−F(w∗)]≤2μG2/(λ2T).
  4. Averaged-iterate distance (App. B.3). For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, E∥wˉT−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T)\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2 \le 32G^2/(\lambda^2 T)E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2≤32G2/(λ2T), without smoothness.

The constants are the paper's. Theorem 1 is a companion of the goal rather than a step of its proof; both rest on Lemma 1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor in the standard bound for averaged SGD is not needed when FFF grows at most quadratically away from its minimizer. Condition (2) holds for logistic and least-squares regression and, in general, for linear predictors with losses that have Lipschitz-continuous gradients. Together with the paper's Theorem 4, which shows that the log⁡T\log TlogT factor is unavoidable for averaged SGD on some non-smooth problems, it locates where the extra logarithm comes from. Lemma 1 is the paper's key lemma: an O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bound on the expected squared distance of the last iterate that needs no smoothness, and it is reused in the paper's suffix-averaging analysis.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. The platform has UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Theorem 14.11), the classical (ρ2/(2λT))(1+log⁡T)(\rho^2/(2\lambda T))(1 + \log T)(ρ2/(2λT))(1+logT) bound for the same averaged iterate without smoothness. This mission adds the O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) bounds under (2), on the same SGD run, together with a reusable expected-distance bound for the projected iterates.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 2 is to apply smoothness to each iterate, use Lemma 1, and average: by Jensen, E[F(wˉT)]−F(w∗)≤1T∑t2μG2λ2t\mathbb E[F(\bar w_T)] - F(w^*) \le \frac{1}{T}\sum_t \frac{2\mu G^2}{\lambda^2 t}E[F(wˉT​)]−F(w∗)≤T1​∑t​λ2t2μG2​, which is of order log⁡T/T\log T/TlogT/T. Removing the logarithm requires controlling E∥wˉT−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_T - w^*\|^2E∥wˉT​−w∗∥2 directly, where the iterates are dependent and the cross terms E⟨wˉt−w∗,wt+1−w∗⟩\mathbb E\langle \bar w_t - w^*, w_{t+1} - w^*\rangleE⟨wˉt​−w∗,wt+1​−w∗⟩ do not vanish. The resulting recursion is nonlinear in E∥wˉt−w∗∥2\mathbb E\|\bar w_t - w^*\|^2E∥wˉt​−w∗∥2, and an induction with the constant 323232 fails at its first step unless the base case uses the sharper bound of Lemma 2. On the formal side, the expectations are over the product of TTT independent samples, and each one-step argument needs the independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ and the measurability of the projected iterates.

Formalization scope

  • Space. The paper's Hilbert space is specialized to Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm (UnderstandingML.Vec d).
  • Domain. Convex ℝ W, IsClosed W (so the projection exists; tacit in the paper) and 0 ∈ W (the paper's initialization).
  • Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn W lam F with 0 < lam. Combined with relative subgradients, it gives (1).
  • Oracle. OptimalSGD.Suffix.IsSubgradientOracleOn W F D g (the series' shared oracle predicate): for w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, g w is integrable and its mean is a subgradient of FFF at www relative to WWW. Measurable (Function.uncurry g) and a probability measure DDD are assumed. The second-moment bound holds at every w∈Ww \in Ww∈W, which is the paper's "regardless of how the iterates evolve".
  • Smoothness is (2) exactly (IsSmoothWrt W F μ wstar), with μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0. It is not a Lipschitz-gradient assumption, and FFF need not be differentiable.
  • Indexing. Iterates are indexed from 000. The paper's wTw_TwT​ is sgdStrongIterates lam W g S (T - 1), and wˉT\bar w_TwˉT​ averages indices 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1. Statements quantify over T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, including T=1T = 1T=1 (wˉ1=w1=0\bar w_1 = w_1 = 0wˉ1​=w1​=0).
  • Expectations. Bounds on ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|^2∥⋅∥2 use the lower Lebesgue integral. Bounds on FFF use the Bochner integral, and the integrability of F(wT)F(w_T)F(wT​) or F(wˉT)F(\bar w_T)F(wˉT​) is part of the conclusion.

A statement whose Bochner integral is not shown to be integrable would hold vacuously, because non-integrable functions integrate to 000; the integrability conjuncts rule this out. The run and the average are the published Understanding Machine Learning definitions, so the bounds here apply to the same object as UnderstandingML.sgd_strongly_convex.

Needed infrastructure: measurability of the projected iterates in the sample, independence of ztz_tzt​ from wtw_twt​ under the product measure, conditional unbiasedness of the oracle along the run, non-expansiveness of the projection (available as UnderstandingML.projection_lemma), and an elementary induction on the scalar recursions. Contributions of these as standalone lemmas are welcome, and they are reusable for mission 1 of this series (suffix averaging) and for other projected-SGD analyses.

Selected references

  • A. Rakhlin, O. Shamir, K. Sridharan, Making Gradient Descent Optimal for Strongly Convex Stochastic Optimization, ICML 2012; arXiv:1109.5647v7. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.5647
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic regret algorithms for online convex optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • E. Hazan, S. Kale, Beyond the regret minimization barrier: an optimal algorithm for stochastic strongly-convex optimization, COLT 2011; arXiv:1006.2425. https://arxiv.org/abs/1006.2425
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, §14.4.4. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityRandom Matrix TheoryStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Nuclear-Norm Penalization and Optimal Rates for Noisy Low-Rank Matrix Completion 3: Uniform Matrix Completion with |Yᵢ| ≤ η — With Probability ≥ 1 − e^{−t} the Oracle Bound (3.5) Holds for All AResearch Paper

Motivation

Matrix completion asks to recover a large matrix from a small number of its entries. It is the abstraction behind collaborative filtering (recommender systems in which a users × items rating matrix is observed on a sparse set of pairs), sensor localization from partial distance information, and system identification. Without structure the problem is hopeless; the standard structural assumption is that the unknown matrix has low rank, and the standard convex surrogate for rank is the nuclear norm, the sum of singular values.

In the noiseless case, exact recovery by nuclear-norm minimization from about r(m1∨m2) polylogr(m_1\vee m_2)\,\mathrm{polylog}r(m1​∨m2​)polylog uniformly sampled entries was established by Candès and Recht (2009) and refined by Candès and Tao (2010) and Gross (2011). With noisy observations the relevant question is a rate: how fast does an estimator's error decrease with the number nnn of observed entries? Koltchinskii, Lounici and Tsybakov (arXiv:1011.6256, Ann. Statist. 2011) introduced a nuclear-norm penalized estimator that uses the known sampling distribution, showed that in matrix completion it is an explicit soft thresholding of the singular values of a rescaled data matrix, and proved for it sharp oracle inequalities (leading constant 1) whose rates are optimal up to logarithmic factors. This mission formalizes the version of that result for bounded responses: Theorem 4 of the paper, together with the probabilistic lemma and the matrix Bernstein inequality it rests on.

Setting

Fix positive integers n,m1,m2n, m_1, m_2n,m1​,m2​ and write Rm1×m2\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}Rm1​×m2​ for the real m1×m2m_1\times m_2m1​×m2​ matrices, with scalar product ⟨A,B⟩=tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=tr(A⊤B), Frobenius norm ∥A∥2\|A\|_2∥A∥2​, nuclear norm ∥A∥1\|A\|_1∥A∥1​ (sum of singular values) and operator norm ∥A∥∞\|A\|_\infty∥A∥∞​ (largest singular value). Set m=m1+m2m=m_1+m_2m=m1​+m2​ and write m1∧m2=min⁡(m1,m2)m_1\wedge m_2=\min(m_1,m_2)m1​∧m2​=min(m1​,m2​).

The matrix completion basis is

X={ej(m1)ek⊤(m2):1≤j≤m1, 1≤k≤m2},\mathcal X=\{e_j(m_1)e_k^\top(m_2):1\le j\le m_1,\ 1\le k\le m_2\},X={ej​(m1​)ek⊤​(m2​):1≤j≤m1​, 1≤k≤m2​},

where ek(m)e_k(m)ek​(m) are the canonical basis vectors of Rm\mathbb R^mRm. One observes nnn independent random pairs (Xi,Yi)(X_i,Y_i)(Xi​,Yi​), where XiX_iXi​ is uniformly distributed on X\mathcal XX and YiY_iYi​ is real, following the trace regression model

E(Yi∣Xi)=tr⁡(Xi⊤A0),\mathbb E(Y_i\mid X_i)=\operatorname{tr}(X_i^\top A_0),E(Yi​∣Xi​)=tr(Xi⊤​A0​),

for an unknown A0∈Rm1×m2A_0\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}A0​∈Rm1​×m2​. Thus YiY_iYi​ is a noisy reading of the entry of A0A_0A0​ selected by XiX_iXi​; this is matrix completion under uniform sampling at random (USR), entries possibly sampled more than once.

The estimator is, for a regularization parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0,

A^λ=argmin⁡A∈Rm1×m2(1m1m2∥A∥22−⟨2n∑i=1nYiXi,A⟩+λ∥A∥1).\hat A^\lambda=\operatorname*{argmin}_{A\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}}\Big(\frac1{m_1m_2}\|A\|_2^2-\Big\langle\frac2n\sum_{i=1}^nY_iX_i,A\Big\rangle+\lambda\|A\|_1\Big).A^λ=A∈Rm1​×m2​argmin​(m1​m2​1​∥A∥22​−⟨n2​i=1∑n​Yi​Xi​,A⟩+λ∥A∥1​).

The stochastic error is the random matrix

M=1n∑i=1n(YiXi−E(YiXi)).\mathbf M=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\big(Y_iX_i-\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)\big).M=n1​i=1∑n​(Yi​Xi​−E(Yi​Xi​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

Assume max⁡i∣Yi∣≤η\max_i|Y_i|\le\etamaxi​∣Yi​∣≤η almost surely. For t>0t>0t>0 and

λ≥4ηmax⁡{t+log⁡m(m1∧m2)n, 2(t+log⁡m)n},\lambda\ge4\eta\max\Big\{\sqrt{\frac{t+\log m}{(m_1\wedge m_2)n}},\ \frac{2(t+\log m)}{n}\Big\},λ≥4ηmax{(m1​∧m2​)nt+logm​​, n2(t+logm)​},

with probability at least 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t, simultaneously for all A∈Rm1×m2A\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}A∈Rm1​×m2​,

∥A^λ−A0∥22≤∥A−A0∥22+m1m2min⁡{2λ∥A∥1, (1+22)2m1m2λ2rank⁡(A)}.\|\hat A^\lambda-A_0\|_2^2\le\|A-A_0\|_2^2+m_1m_2\min\Big\{2\lambda\|A\|_1,\ \Big(\frac{1+\sqrt2}2\Big)^2m_1m_2\lambda^2\operatorname{rank}(A)\Big\}.∥A^λ−A0​∥22​≤∥A−A0​∥22​+m1​m2​min{2λ∥A∥1​, (21+2​​)2m1​m2​λ2rank(A)}.

Milestones

  1. (1.4): ∥A∥L2(Π)2=1n∑iE⟨A,Xi⟩2=(m1m2)−1∥A∥22\|A\|_{L_2(\Pi)}^2=\frac1n\sum_i\mathbb E\langle A,X_i\rangle^2=(m_1m_2)^{-1}\|A\|_2^2∥A∥L2​(Π)2​=n1​∑i​E⟨A,Xi​⟩2=(m1​m2​)−1∥A∥22​ for the uniform design.
  2. Theorem 1 for USR matrix completion: at every sample point where λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​, the inequality above holds for all AAA (a deterministic statement).
  3. Proposition 1 (matrix Bernstein): for independent centred m1×m2m_1\times m_2m1​×m2​ random matrices ZiZ_iZi​ with ∥Zi∥≤U\|Z_i\|\le U∥Zi​∥≤U a.s., with probability at least 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t,
∥Z1+⋯+Znn∥≤2max⁡{σZt+log⁡mn, Ut+log⁡mn}.\Big\|\frac{Z_1+\dots+Z_n}n\Big\|\le2\max\Big\{\sigma_Z\sqrt{\frac{t+\log m}n},\ U\frac{t+\log m}n\Big\}.​nZ1​+⋯+Zn​​​≤2max{σZ​nt+logm​​, Unt+logm​}.
  1. (6.2): for XXX uniform on X\mathcal XX, ∥X∥=1\|X\|=1∥X∥=1, ∥EX∥=(m1m2)−1/2\|\mathbb EX\|=(m_1m_2)^{-1/2}∥EX∥=(m1​m2​)−1/2, σX2=1/(m1∧m2)\sigma_X^2=1/(m_1\wedge m_2)σX2​=1/(m1​∧m2​).
  2. Lemma 1: with probability at least 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t, ∥M∥≤2ηmax⁡{(t+log⁡m)/((m1∧m2)n), 2(t+log⁡m)/n}\|\mathbf M\|\le2\eta\max\{\sqrt{(t+\log m)/((m_1\wedge m_2)n)},\ 2(t+\log m)/n\}∥M∥≤2ηmax{(t+logm)/((m1​∧m2​)n)​, 2(t+logm)/n}.

Significance

Theorem 4 is a non-asymptotic, sharp oracle inequality: the leading constant in front of ∥A−A0∥22\|A-A_0\|_2^2∥A−A0​∥22​ is 1, so the bound applies to misspecified targets (A0A_0A0​ not low rank) without loss. Taking A=A0A=A_0A=A0​ and ttt of order log⁡m\log mlogm gives a normalized Frobenius error of order η2(m1∨m2)rank⁡(A0)log⁡(m)/n\eta^2(m_1\vee m_2)\operatorname{rank}(A_0)\log(m)/nη2(m1​∨m2​)rank(A0​)log(m)/n, which the paper's minimax lower bounds (§4) show to be optimal up to the logarithm. Because no model is needed for Lemma 1, the same probability bound also drives the paper's statistical-learning reformulation (Theorem 9).

The theorems here are proved in the paper. What is open is their formalization: no matrix Bernstein inequality, and no oracle inequality for nuclear-norm penalized estimators, has a machine-checked proof on this platform. Proposition 1 in particular is a reusable concentration tool well beyond this paper (covariance estimation, random graphs, sketching).

Difficulty

The deterministic part (milestone 2) needs the subdifferential of the nuclear norm, which is not in Mathlib. The probabilistic part is where the obvious argument fails. Bounding ∥M∥∞\|\mathbf M\|_\infty∥M∥∞​ entrywise and summing, or bounding it by the Frobenius norm, loses a factor polynomial in the dimension; a union bound over a net of the unit sphere loses the factor m1∧m2m_1\wedge m_2m1​∧m2​ that makes the rate optimal. The correct rate requires a noncommutative Bernstein inequality, controlling the operator norm of a sum of independent random matrices through the matrix variance σZ2\sigma_Z^2σZ2​ at the price of only a log⁡(m1+m2)\log(m_1+m_2)log(m1​+m2​) factor. The matrix-analytic machinery such inequalities depend on (trace inequalities for matrix exponentials, the passage from rectangular to symmetric matrices) is not currently available in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All objects are local to the namespace KLTNuclear.Completion, built on the published MatrixCompletion definitions (RealMatrix, nuclearNorm, spectralNorm, frobeniusNormSq, matrixInner, coordinateMatrix). Conventions:

  • The probability space carries IsProbabilityMeasure; n,m1,m2≥1n,m_1,m_2\ge1n,m1​,m2​≥1 are hypotheses. log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm; m=m1+m2≥2m=m_1+m_2\ge2m=m1​+m2​≥2.
  • The design is encoded by uniform random indices Ii∈[m1]×[m2]I_i\in[m_1]\times[m_2]Ii​∈[m1​]×[m2​] with Xi=ejieki⊤X_i=e_{j_i}e_{k_i}^\topXi​=eji​​eki​⊤​. Mathlib has no σ\sigmaσ-algebra on Matrix, so measurability, independence and conditioning on a random matrix use its entry array with the product σ\sigmaσ-algebra; expectations of matrices are entrywise.
  • The model (1.1) is a conditional expectation given σ(Xi)\sigma(X_i)σ(Xi​). Independence of the pairs (Xi,Yi)(X_i,Y_i)(Xi​,Yi​) is the paper's standing assumption (p. 1) and is assumed in Lemma 1 and Theorem 4, whose proof applies Proposition 1 to Zi=YiXi−E(YiXi)Z_i=Y_iX_i-\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)Zi​=Yi​Xi​−E(Yi​Xi​); the YiY_iYi​ are not assumed identically distributed. λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is the standing assumption of (1.6). Integrable responses are assumed in milestone 2, bounded measurable responses in Lemma 1 and Theorem 4.
  • A^λ\hat A^\lambdaA^λ is any minimizer of (3.1) at each sample point (it exists and is unique, but neither fact is assumed); the soft-thresholding formula (3.2) is not used as a definition.
  • "With probability at least 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t" is encoded as an upper bound e−te^{-t}e−t on the outer measure of the failure set; in Theorem 4 the failure set is {ω:∃A, (3.5) fails}\{\omega:\exists A,\ \text{(3.5) fails}\}{ω:∃A, (3.5) fails}, so the bound is uniform in AAA. A formalization that fixes AAA before the probability is weaker and is not the target.
  • No printed slip affects these statements; Corollary 2(ii) of the paper, whose λ\lambdaλ falls below (3.6), is deliberately not included.

The source is the arXiv preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4. Welcome contributions: a general matrix Bernstein inequality (Hermitian and rectangular forms), the nuclear-norm subdifferential, and proofs of the deterministic milestone.

Selected references

  • V. Koltchinskii, K. Lounici, A. B. Tsybakov, Nuclear-norm penalization and optimal rates for noisy low-rank matrix completion, Ann. Statist. 39(5), 2011; preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.6256
  • J. A. Tropp, User-friendly tail bounds for sums of random matrices, Found. Comput. Math. 12, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-011-9099-z
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • E. J. Candès, T. Tao, The power of convex relaxation: near-optimal matrix completion, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 56, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2010.2044061
  • D. Gross, Recovering low-rank matrices from few coefficients in any basis, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 57, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2011.2104999
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficient Algorithms for Online Decision Problems 2: For Nonnegative Decisions and States, FPL*(ε/2A) Has Expected Cost at Most (1 + ε)·min-cost_T + 4AD(1 + ln n)/εResearch Paper

Motivation

Many sequential decision problems have a combinatorial decision set and a linear cost: choosing a path in a graph whose edge delays change every day, choosing a binary search tree for a stream of requests, or choosing one of nnn experts whose losses are revealed after each round. Classical weighted-majority algorithms keep one weight per decision, which is exponential in the size of a path or tree. Kalai and Vempala (J. Comput. System Sci. 71 (2005)) showed that one call per round to an offline optimiser, applied to the cumulative costs plus a random perturbation, already gives online guarantees comparable to those of the exponential-weights algorithms. The idea goes back to Hannan's perturbed algorithm (1957); the paper's contribution is a short, general analysis in the linear setting.

The paper proves two guarantees for Follow the Perturbed Leader. The additive one (Theorem 1.1(a), a sister mission) bounds the regret by a term growing like T\sqrt TT​. This mission formalizes the multiplicative one, Theorem 1.1(b): for nonnegative costs, a variant with exponentially distributed perturbations pays at most a factor 1+ε1+\varepsilon1+ε more than the best fixed decision in hindsight, plus a term independent of the horizon. Such "small-loss" bounds matter when the best decision has small total cost, since the regret then scales with that cost rather than with TTT.

Setting

Fix a dimension nnn. A decision set D⊂Rn\mathcal D \subset \mathbb R^nD⊂Rn and a state set S⊂Rn\mathcal S \subset \mathbb R^nS⊂Rn are given; choosing d∈Dd\in\mathcal Dd∈D in state s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S costs d⋅sd\cdot sd⋅s. In this mission both sets are nonnegative: D,S⊂R+n\mathcal D, \mathcal S \subset \mathbb R^n_+D,S⊂R+n​.

The decision set is accessed only through an argmin oracle M:Rn→DM:\mathbb R^n\to\mathcal DM:Rn→D with

M(x)⋅x≤d⋅xfor all d∈D,M(x)\cdot x \le d\cdot x \quad\text{for all } d\in\mathcal D,M(x)⋅x≤d⋅xfor all d∈D,

i.e. M(x)=arg⁡min⁡d∈Dd⋅xM(x)=\arg\min_{d\in\mathcal D} d\cdot xM(x)=argmind∈D​d⋅x with arbitrary tie-breaking. For a state sequence s1,…,sT∈Ss_1,\dots,s_T\in\mathcal Ss1​,…,sT​∈S write s1:t=s1+⋯+sts_{1:t}=s_1+\dots+s_ts1:t​=s1​+⋯+st​; the benchmark is

min-costT=min⁡d∈D∑t=1Td⋅st=M(s1:T)⋅s1:T.\text{min-cost}_T=\min_{d\in\mathcal D}\sum_{t=1}^T d\cdot s_t = M(s_{1:T})\cdot s_{1:T}.min-costT​=d∈Dmin​t=1∑T​d⋅st​=M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​.

Two parameters measure the instance: the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-diameter D≥∣d−d′∣1D\ge |d-d'|_1D≥∣d−d′∣1​ for d,d′∈Dd,d'\in\mathcal Dd,d′∈D, and the state size A≥∣s∣1A\ge |s|_1A≥∣s∣1​ for s∈Ss\in\mathcal Ss∈S, where ∣x∣1=∑i∣xi∣|x|_1=\sum_i|x_i|∣x∣1​=∑i​∣xi​∣.

The algorithm FPL*(ε\varepsilonε) acts as follows on each period ttt: draw ptp_tpt​ from the probability law με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ with density

dμεdx(x)=(ε2)ne−ε∣x∣1,\frac{d\mu_\varepsilon}{dx}(x)=\Big(\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\Big)^n e^{-\varepsilon|x|_1},dxdμε​​(x)=(2ε​)ne−ε∣x∣1​,

so each coordinate is ±r/ε\pm r/\varepsilon±r/ε with rrr standard exponential, and play M(s1:t−1+pt)M(s_{1:t-1}+p_t)M(s1:t−1​+pt​). Its expected cost against a fixed state sequence is

E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]=∑t=1T∫st⋅M(s1:t−1+p) dμε(p).\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon)]=\sum_{t=1}^T\int s_t\cdot M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\,d\mu_\varepsilon(p).E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]=t=1∑T​∫st​⋅M(s1:t−1​+p)dμε​(p).

In Lean these are IsArgminOracle Dset M, laplaceLaw n ε and fplStarExpectedCost M s ε T; s1:ts_{1:t}s1:t​ is the published OracleRO.ApproxFPL.prefixSum s t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1(b)

For nonnegative D,S\mathcal D,\mathcal SD,S, A>0A>0A>0 and 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le 10<ε≤1,

E[cost of FPL∗(ε/2A)]≤(1+ε) min-costT+4AD(1+ln⁡n)ε.\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon/2A)]\le(1+\varepsilon)\,\text{min-cost}_T+\frac{4AD(1+\ln n)}{\varepsilon}.E[cost of FPL∗(ε/2A)]≤(1+ε)min-costT​+ε4AD(1+lnn)​.

Intermediate statements (milestones, in attack order)

  1. For any fixed p1p_1p1​: ∑t=1TM(s1:t+p1)⋅st≤M(s1:T)⋅s1:T+D∣p1∣∞\sum_{t=1}^T M(s_{1:t}+p_1)\cdot s_t\le M(s_{1:T})\cdot s_{1:T}+D|p_1|_\infty∑t=1T​M(s1:t​+p1​)⋅st​≤M(s1:T​)⋅s1:T​+D∣p1​∣∞​ (p. 303, by Lemma 3.1).
  2. The expected maximum of nnn independent standard exponentials is at most ln⁡n+1\ln n+1lnn+1 (end of §2, p. 299).
  3. Ep∼με∣p∣∞≤(1+ln⁡n)/ε\mathbb E_{p\sim\mu_\varepsilon}|p|_\infty\le(1+\ln n)/\varepsilonEp∼με​​∣p∣∞​≤(1+lnn)/ε (pp. 299, 303).
  4. Equation (7): E[M(s1:t−1+p)⋅st]=∫(M(s1:t+y)⋅st) e−ε(∣y+st∣1−∣y∣1) dμε(y)\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\cdot s_t]=\int (M(s_{1:t}+y)\cdot s_t)\,e^{-\varepsilon(|y+s_t|_1-|y|_1)}\,d\mu_\varepsilon(y)E[M(s1:t−1​+p)⋅st​]=∫(M(s1:t​+y)⋅st​)e−ε(∣y+st​∣1​−∣y∣1​)dμε​(y).
  5. Equation (6): E[M(s1:t−1+p)⋅st]≤eεA E[M(s1:t+p)⋅st]\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t-1}+p)\cdot s_t]\le e^{\varepsilon A}\,\mathbb E[M(s_{1:t}+p)\cdot s_t]E[M(s1:t−1​+p)⋅st​]≤eεAE[M(s1:t​+p)⋅st​].
  6. For 0<ε≤1/A0<\varepsilon\le 1/A0<ε≤1/A: eεA≤1+2εAe^{\varepsilon A}\le 1+2\varepsilon AeεA≤1+2εA.
  7. For 0<ε≤1/A0<\varepsilon\le 1/A0<ε≤1/A: E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]≤(1+2εA)(min-costT+D(1+ln⁡n)/ε)\mathbb E[\text{cost of FPL}^*(\varepsilon)]\le(1+2\varepsilon A)\big(\text{min-cost}_T+D(1+\ln n)/\varepsilon\big)E[cost of FPL∗(ε)]≤(1+2εA)(min-costT​+D(1+lnn)/ε).

Statement 7 is the bound for an arbitrary parameter; the goal is its evaluation at ε/2A\varepsilon/2Aε/2A.

Significance

The result is the first multiplicative guarantee for a perturbation algorithm that needs only an offline linear optimiser. With ε\varepsilonε tuned to min-costT\text{min-cost}_Tmin-costT​ it gives E[cost]≤min-costT+4min-costT AD(1+ln⁡n)+4AD(1+ln⁡n)\mathbb E[\text{cost}]\le\text{min-cost}_T+4\sqrt{\text{min-cost}_T\,AD(1+\ln n)}+4AD(1+\ln n)E[cost]≤min-costT​+4min-costT​AD(1+lnn)​+4AD(1+lnn) (p. 294). The paper applies it to online shortest paths, to the tree-update problem (giving the first efficient (1+ε)(1+\varepsilon)(1+ε)-competitive algorithm there), and to adaptive Huffman coding. The lazy variant FLL* of the same paper, whose per-period behaviour coincides with FPL*, inherits the bound; that is the third mission of this series.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission produces a formal proof of Theorem 1.1(b) as printed, together with the reusable ingredients: the multivariate Laplace law with its normalisation, its translation identity (7), and the expected maximum of i.i.d. exponentials. The paper's argument has small gaps that a formalization must close, notably the condition ε≤1\varepsilon\le 1ε≤1, which (b) omits but its proof uses.

Difficulty

The deterministic part is the be-the-leader argument with a shared perturbation; it is a finite-sum induction. The probabilistic part is where the work is. The obvious approach, bounding the difference between following and being the perturbed leader by the measure of a symmetric difference of translated sets as in the additive case, gives an additive term proportional to TTT and cannot give a multiplicative factor. Instead (6) needs the density ratio of με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ under translation by sts_tst​, which requires a change of variables against a density on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, together with the nonnegativity of the integrand; without nonnegativity the inequality fails. The bound on E∣p∣∞\mathbb E|p|_\inftyE∣p∣∞​ requires the expected maximum of nnn exponentials, which is not in Mathlib, and the identification of the coordinates of με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ as independent scaled Laplace variables, which requires factoring a product density.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ; d⋅sd\cdot sd⋅s is ⬝ᵥ; ∣x∣1|x|_1∣x∣1​ is written ∑i∣xi∣\sum_i|x_i|∑i​∣xi​∣; ∣x∣∞|x|_\infty∣x∣∞​ is the Lean norm ‖x‖, which on Fin n → ℝ is the sup norm. The decision set is Dset, the diameter Ddiam. States are indexed from 111; s 0 is unused. The oracle is a hypothesis IsArgminOracle Dset M on an arbitrary function, so the theorems hold for every tie-breaking rule. The paper's parameters are hypotheses ∀ d d' ∈ Dset, ∑ i, |d i - d' i| ≤ Ddiam and ∀ x ∈ S, ∑ i, |x i| ≤ A. The bound R≥∣d⋅s∣R\ge|d\cdot s|R≥∣d⋅s∣ of the paper is not used by part (b) and is omitted.

Hypotheses added to the page, each necessary: measurability of MMM (the expectations presuppose it); ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; A>0A>0A>0 (the parameter ε/2A\varepsilon/2Aε/2A presupposes it); ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 in the goal (used by the proof, p. 303); and n≥1n\ge1n≥1 only in the statement about a maximum over nnn variables. Two printed slips are corrected, not copied: "exponential distributions with mean ε\varepsilonε" (rate ε\varepsilonε is meant) and "∣p1∣∞≤(1+ln⁡n)/ε|p_1|_\infty\le(1+\ln n)/\varepsilon∣p1​∣∞​≤(1+lnn)/ε" (an expectation is meant).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out as follows. The law με\mu_\varepsilonμε​ carries its normalising constant (ε/2)n(\varepsilon/2)^n(ε/2)n and is shown to be a probability measure in a sorry-free sanity file; it is not the uniform law of FPL. The cost uses M(s1:t−1+p)M(s_{1:t-1}+p)M(s1:t−1​+p), not the be-the-leader M(s1:t+p)M(s_{1:t}+p)M(s1:t​+p). The oracle is not built with Classical.epsilon. All integrands are measurable and bounded (because D\mathcal DD has finite diameter), so no integral vanishes for lack of integrability; the sanity file checks this on a two-expert instance that satisfies every hypothesis.

A complete development needs Lebesgue change of variables under translation for densities on Fin n → ℝ, Fubini for product densities, the tail-integral formula for expectations, and a union bound. The Laplace law, its translation identity, and the expected maximum of exponentials are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of those as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Kalai and S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, J. Comput. System Sci. 71(3):291–307, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • J. Hannan, Approximation to Bayes risk in repeated plays, in Contributions to the Theory of Games III, Ann. of Math. Studies 39, Princeton University Press, 1957, pp. 97–139 (reference [14] of Kalai and Vempala).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? III: An ε-Local Algorithm Simulates Any t-Query Statistical Query Algorithm from O(t log(t/β) b²/(ε²τ²)) SamplesResearch Paper

Motivation

In the local model of differential privacy, no trusted curator ever sees the raw data: each individual randomizes their own record before handing it to the analyst. This is how private telemetry is collected in practice (randomized response and its descendants), and it raises a basic question: which learning tasks remain possible when the learner only sees locally randomized records?

Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith answered it in What Can We Learn Privately? (arXiv:0803.0924v3, the accepted version of SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090; theorem numbers below are the arXiv v3's). They showed that local private learning is equivalent, up to polynomial factors, to learning in Kearns' statistical query (SQ) model (Kearns 1998), where an algorithm sees a distribution only through approximate expectations. This mission formalizes one direction of that equivalence: every SQ algorithm can be run by a local algorithm (§5.1.1, Theorem 5.7). The other direction (Lemma 5.8) is a separate mission of this series.

Timeline. Blum, Dwork, McSherry and Nissim (PODS 2005) observed that SQ algorithms can be simulated by a trusted curator adding noise to sums. Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith (TCC 2006) introduced the Laplace mechanism. Kasiviswanathan et al. (FOCS 2008; journal version 2011) showed the simulation works even in the local model, with each record entering a single randomizer.

Setting

A database is a vector z=(z1,…,zn)∈Dnz=(z_1,\dots,z_n)\in D^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Dn; two databases are neighbors if they differ in exactly one entry. A randomized algorithm AAA is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[A(z′)∈S]\Pr[A(z)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(z')\in S]Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S] for all neighbors z,z′z,z'z,z′ and all measurable sets SSS of outputs. An ε\varepsilonε-local randomizer is an ε\varepsilonε-differentially private map applied to a single record: Pr⁡[R(u)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[R(u′)∈S]\Pr[R(u)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[R(u')\in S]Pr[R(u)∈S]≤eεPr[R(u′)∈S] for all u,u′u,u'u,u′.

The Laplace distribution Lap(s)\mathrm{Lap}(s)Lap(s) has density 12se−∣x∣/s\frac1{2s}e^{-|x|/s}2s1​e−∣x∣/s.

An SQ oracle SQPSQ_PSQP​ for a distribution PPP on DDD receives a query g:D→[−b,b]g:D\to[-b,b]g:D→[−b,b] and a tolerance τ\tauτ, and may return any vvv with ∣v−Eu∼P[g(u)]∣≤τ|v-\mathbb E_{u\sim P}[g(u)]|\le\tau∣v−Eu∼P​[g(u)]∣≤τ. An SQ algorithm with ttt queries asks (g0,τ0),…,(gt−1,τt−1)(g_0,\tau_0),\dots,(g_{t-1},\tau_{t-1})(g0​,τ0​),…,(gt−1​,τt−1​), where (gk,τk)(g_k,\tau_k)(gk​,τk​) may depend on the earlier answers a0,…,ak−1a_0,\dots,a_{k-1}a0​,…,ak−1​ (adaptive), and outputs a function of all answers. A vector aaa is a valid transcript against SQPSQ_PSQP​ if every aka_kak​ is within τk\tau_kτk​ of the true mean of the query gkg_kgk​ asked at that point.

For one query ggg, the randomizer Rg(u)=g(u)+ηR_g(u)=g(u)+\etaRg​(u)=g(u)+η with η∼Lap(2b/ε)\eta\sim\mathrm{Lap}(2b/\varepsilon)η∼Lap(2b/ε) is applied to each record, and the local algorithm Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ outputs the average 1n∑i(g(zi)+ηi)\frac1n\sum_i(g(z_i)+\eta_i)n1​∑i​(g(zi​)+ηi​). The simulation of an SQ algorithm answers its kkk-th query gkg_kgk​ by running Agk\mathcal A_{g_k}Agk​​ on the kkk-th block of mmm fresh entries zkm,…,zkm+m−1z_{km},\dots,z_{km+m-1}zkm​,…,zkm+m−1​ and finally outputs what the SQ algorithm outputs on these answers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (local simulation of SQ)

There is an absolute constant c>0c>0c>0 such that, for every SQ algorithm with ttt queries into [−b,b][-b,b][−b,b], and every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; the accuracy claim further takes every tolerance at least τ\tauτ, ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1, ετ≤4b\varepsilon\tau\le4bετ≤4b and 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1:

the simulation is ε-differentially private for every block size m and every n≥tm,\text{the simulation is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private for every block size }m\text{ and every }n\ge tm,the simulation is ε-differentially private for every block size m and every n≥tm, m ≥ c ln⁡(t/β) b2ε2τ2, z∼Pn ⟹ Pr⁡[the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQP] ≥ 1−β.m\ \ge\ c\,\frac{\ln(t/\beta)\,b^2}{\varepsilon^2\tau^2},\ z\sim P^n\ \Longrightarrow\ \Pr\bigl[\text{the simulated answers are a valid transcript against }SQ_P\bigr]\ \ge\ 1-\beta .m ≥ cε2τ2ln(t/β)b2​, z∼Pn ⟹ Pr[the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQP​] ≥ 1−β.

On that event the simulation outputs exactly what the SQ algorithm outputs against a valid oracle. The constant is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones

  1. RgR_gRg​ is an ε\varepsilonε-local randomizer; Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private (p. 20).
  2. Hoeffding's bound for the empirical mean of ggg: Pr⁡[∣1n∑g(ui)−v∣≥τ/2]≤2e−τ2n/(8b2)\Pr[|\frac1n\sum g(u_i)-v|\ge\tau/2]\le2e^{-\tau^2n/(8b^2)}Pr[∣n1​∑g(ui​)−v∣≥τ/2]≤2e−τ2n/(8b2).
  3. The average of nnn i.i.d. Lap(2b/ε)\mathrm{Lap}(2b/\varepsilon)Lap(2b/ε) variables lies in [−τ/2,τ/2][-\tau/2,\tau/2][−τ/2,τ/2] with probability at least 1−β/21-\beta/21−β/2 once n≥cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)n\ge c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)n≥cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2).
  4. Lemma 5.6: Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ approximates EP[g]\mathbb E_P[g]EP​[g] within ±τ\pm\tau±τ with probability 1−β1-\beta1−β from n≥cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)n\ge c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)n≥cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2) samples.

Significance

Theorem 5.7 is the inclusion "SQ ⊆ local" in the paper's characterization of local private learning: every concept class learnable with statistical queries is learnable by an ε\varepsilonε-local algorithm, with sample size growing like tlog⁡(t/β)b2/(ε2τ2)t\log(t/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)tlog(t/β)b2/(ε2τ2). Combined with the converse simulation (Lemma 5.8), it identifies local private learnability with SQ learnability (Theorem 5.14). It thereby transfers the known SQ lower bounds, such as the one for parity, to the local model. It also shows that nonadaptive SQ algorithms become noninteractive local protocols.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization fixes what "the simulation gives the same output" means against an adversarial oracle and an adaptive algorithm. It also supplies reusable Lean objects for local differential privacy, Laplace noise and SQ algorithms.

Difficulty

The privacy half is the easy-looking part, but it is adaptive: the query asked in block kkk depends on the noisy answers from blocks 0,…,k−10,\dots,k-10,…,k−1. A database change in block kkk therefore changes the law of all later answers, not only aka_kak​. The argument must use that every entry enters exactly one randomizer and compose along the adaptive transcript.

The accuracy half has the same adaptivity issue: the union bound over queries needs, for each kkk, the failure probability of block kkk conditioned on everything before it. That is where the fresh blocks and measurability are used. The concentration step for Laplace averages is sub-exponential, not sub-Gaussian. The naive use of the paper's appendix lemma (A.3) fails: it is stated as an equality for every deviation δ>0\delta>0δ>0, but its proof only covers deviations of order the Laplace scale.

Formalization scope

Databases are Fin n → D (0-based). Randomized algorithms are identified with the laws of their outputs (Measure); differential privacy is required on all measurable sets. An SQ algorithm is a deterministic adaptive strategy (SQAlg): a randomized one is a mixture over its coins, to which the result transfers. "At most ttt queries" is "exactly ttt" after padding with dummy queries. Queries are real valued with ∣g∣≤b|g|\le b∣g∣≤b, as the paper allows after Definition 5.4. Block kkk consists of the database indices km,…,km+m−1km,\dots,km+m-1km,…,km+m−1, so the blocks are disjoint by construction, and the simulated answers are a deterministic function of the database and the t×mt\times mt×m noise array. The natural logarithm replaces the paper's base 2, which only changes ccc. Constants are existential and quantified before everything else.

Explicit choices, each recorded in the item that makes it:

  • ετ≤4b\varepsilon\tau\le4bετ≤4b in Lemma 5.6, the Laplace step and Theorem 5.7. Without it the printed statements are false: for ετ/b\varepsilon\tau/bετ/b large a single sample is allowed, and its Laplace noise exceeds τ\tauτ too often.
  • ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 in Lemma 5.6 and in the accuracy half of Theorem 5.7 (the privacy half holds for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0). Without it the threshold cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2) can be smaller than the sample size needed to estimate E[g]\mathbb E[g]E[g] at all. The paper's own remark about an O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) factor presumes ε=O(1)\varepsilon=O(1)ε=O(1).
  • β≤1/2\beta\le1/2β≤1/2 in the Laplace step, which is false for β\betaβ near 111.
  • Each query is jointly measurable in (earlier answers, record), and the output map is measurable for the privacy claim.
  • "Gives the same output as ASQ\mathcal A_{SQ}ASQ​" is "the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQPSQ_PSQP​". Accuracy bounds the measure of the failure event by β\betaβ.
  • "Noninteractive if nonadaptive" and "efficient" are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the oracle is not replaced by the exact expectation, accuracy is required for every query actually asked (not only the first), privacy holds for every database (not only i.i.d. samples), and the constant ccc cannot depend on ttt, β\betaβ, ε\varepsilonε, τ\tauτ, bbb or the algorithm.

Needed infrastructure: the Laplace distribution as a probability measure and its moment generating function, a Hoeffding bound for bounded i.i.d. variables, the Laplace mechanism, and adaptive composition along a transcript. All of these are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of standalone Laplace and composition lemmas, and of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826. arXiv:0803.0924v3, https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0924 ; DOI https://doi.org/10.1137/090756090
  • M. Kearns, Efficient noise-tolerant learning from statistical queries, J. ACM 45(6) (1998) 983–1006. https://doi.org/10.1145/293347.293351
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating noise to sensitivity in private data analysis, TCC 2006, LNCS 3876, 265–284. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • A. Blum, C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, Practical privacy: the SuLQ framework, PODS 2005, 128–138. https://doi.org/10.1145/1065167.1065184
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Subsphere methods for memory-sample lower bounds in noiseless Gaussian regressionResearch Paper

Motivation

An exact linear equation can carry arbitrarily fine real information: ddd independent Gaussian equations Yt=⟨Xt,s⟩Y_t = \langle X_t, s\rangleYt​=⟨Xt​,s⟩ determine a vector s∈Rds \in \mathbb{R}^ds∈Rd almost surely. A streaming learner that keeps only finitely many persistent states cannot retain those equations at arbitrary precision. The question is how many fresh equations such a learner needs to estimate a direction to angular accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ when the information passed between observations is bounded in bits.

This preprint proves an explicit answer for memory o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2): at least 2−16 dlog⁡2(1/ϵ)2^{-16}\, d\log_2(1/\epsilon)2−16dlog2​(1/ϵ) samples, uniformly in 0<ϵ≤1/100 < \epsilon \le 1/100<ϵ≤1/10. With real-valued registers, randomized Kaczmarz needs only order dlog⁡(1/ϵ)d\log(1/\epsilon)dlog(1/ϵ) samples, so the bound shows that bounded memory cannot beat that scale.

Background

  • 2015. Steinhardt and Duchi show memory restrictions affect statistical risk in sparse noisy regression.
  • 2016. Steinhardt, Valiant and Wager relate bounded-memory inference to communication and statistical queries and pose a quadratic-memory versus exponential-sample question for parity learning; Raz proves the separation through finite-width branching programs.
  • 2019. Sharan, Sidford and Valiant prove, for Gaussian covariates with uniform noise of half-width 2−d/52^{-d/5}2−d/5, memory at most d2/4d^2/4d2/4 bits and Euclidean accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r, an Ω(dlog⁡r)\Omega(d\log r)Ω(dlogr) sample lower bound; their Section 7 uses high moments with independent copies and successive orthogonalization. Dagan, Kur and Shamir prove space lower bounds for different linear-prediction tasks.
  • 2026. The OpenAI preprint Subsphere methods for memory-sample lower bounds in noiseless Gaussian regression (dated September 27, 2026) proves the explicit 2−16dlog⁡2(1/ϵ)2^{-16}d\log_2(1/\epsilon)2−16dlog2​(1/ϵ) bound for exact observations. It has not been peer reviewed; the Lean goal is open on this platform.

Setting

Fix d≥2d \ge 2d≥2, M≥0M \ge 0M≥0, T≥0T \ge 0T≥0, and 0<ϵ≤1/100 < \epsilon \le 1/100<ϵ≤1/10. For a signal s∈Sd−1s \in S^{d-1}s∈Sd−1 the observations are Xt∼N(0,Id)X_t \sim N(0, I_d)Xt​∼N(0,Id​) independent and Yt=⟨Xt,s⟩Y_t = \langle X_t, s\rangleYt​=⟨Xt​,s⟩ exactly. A finite-state Gaussian stream learner reads the pairs in order; at every index its persistent state has at most 2M2^M2M values. Transition and stopping rules may depend on the index, d,M,T,ϵd, M, T, \epsilond,M,T,ϵ, the current state, the whole current pair and fresh randomness, with unrestricted computation. It stops at some τ≤T\tau \le Tτ≤T and outputs s^∈Sd−1\hat s \in S^{d-1}s^∈Sd−1 from the terminal state, τ\tauτ and fresh randomness. A shared seed may choose the rules; seed and initial state are independent of the signal and rows. The experiment is jointly measurable.

For a linear space HHH and z⊥Hz \perp Hz⊥H, r>0r > 0r>0 with ∥z∥2+r2=1\|z\|^2 + r^2 = 1∥z∥2+r2=1, the affine subsphere z+rS(H)z + rS(H)z+rS(H) is a test set of dimension dim⁡H\dim HdimH. A block of bbb exact Gaussian rows leaves the target, conditionally, uniform on a random residual subsphere of dimension dim⁡H−b\dim H - bdimH−b.

In Lean (OAI.SubsphereCurrent), learners are SeededLearner d M T Ω built from KernelLearners (Markov-kernel transitions on completed observations, states Fin (2^M)), with Admissible measurability, uniformSuccess and per-signal success.

Formalization targets

Goal: full_current_main_scope

The conjunction of the paper's main statements:

  • Theorem 1.2 with Corollary 1.3 (explicit noiseless precision bound). For every M(d)=o(d2)M(d) = o(d^2)M(d)=o(d2) there is a threshold such that for larger ddd, every 0<ϵ≤1/100 < \epsilon \le 1/100<ϵ≤1/10 and every learner with uniform-prior success at least 2/32/32/3, or success at least 2/32/32/3 at every signal,
T≥2−16 dlog⁡2(1/ϵ).T \ge 2^{-16}\, d \log_2(1/\epsilon).T≥2−16dlog2​(1/ϵ).
  • Corollary 6.3: with uniform-prior success at least 1/21/21/2, T≥c dlog⁡2(1/ϵ)T \ge c\, d\log_2(1/\epsilon)T≥cdlog2​(1/ϵ) for an absolute c>0c > 0c>0.
  • Theorem 6.1 (radius-weighted block estimate, with its terminal bound), Proposition 7.1 (all-affine suffix bound), Proposition 8.1 (dimension-parameterized success bound: for mmm-dimensional targets, jkjkjk samples and 2d22^{d^2}2d2 states, Pr⁡{∥s^−s∥≤η}≤(Cj+1η)d/32\Pr\{\|\hat s - s\| \le \eta\} \le (C^{j+1}\eta)^{d/32}Pr{∥s^−s∥≤η}≤(Cj+1η)d/32), and the beta-mixture estimate of Section 9.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.2 gives explicit constants for the Ω(dlog⁡(1/ϵ))\Omega(d\log(1/\epsilon))Ω(dlog(1/ϵ)) memory–sample bound with exact Gaussian observations and o(d2)o(d^2)o(d2) memory, e.g. T≥2−16r dlog⁡2dT \ge 2^{-16} r\, d\log_2 dT≥2−16rdlog2​d at accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r. The block estimates are statements about uniform measures on random affine subspheres that are independent of the learning application.

Formalizing it. No machine-checked proof exists; the source is an unrefereed preprint. Companion missions on the same family of preprints (memory and precision, posterior replicas, projection moments) share the learner model; this one is distinguished by explicit constants.

Difficulty

Conditioning on an exact Gaussian block makes the posterior of the signal singular: it is uniform on a lower-dimensional residual subsphere determined by the data. Density-based information arguments therefore fail after one block. The bound must control the success probability of the remaining computation, started from any state, averaged over every affine subsphere of large dimension, uniformly over learners that may process each real-valued pair without limit.

Formalization scope

  • Vector d = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), signals in the unit sphere with normalized surface measure, rows i.i.d. stdGaussian.
  • Thresholds: success ≥2/3\ge 2/3≥2/3 (and ≥1/2\ge 1/2≥1/2 for the Corollary 6.3 conjunct), in ℝ≥0∞; the constant 2−162^{-16}2−16 is written (2:ℝ)⁻¹ ^ 16 and the logarithm is Real.logb 2.
  • Block sizes are natural-number floors d/16, d/32, d/8; the fixed-length estimate uses Fin (2^(d^2)) states.
  • The seed space is an arbitrary probability space; randomized learners are covered by seeds.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: hypotheses range over all admissible learners and the success thresholds are attainable with large TTT.

Needed infrastructure: Haar measure on Grassmannians or orthogonal groups, beta laws of projected directions, spherical caps, measurable selection of Borel rule versions. Contributions proving individual conjuncts are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Subsphere methods for memory-sample lower bounds in noiseless Gaussian regression, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 27, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Subsphere-methods-for-memory-sample-lower-bounds-in-noiseless-Gaussian-regression-September-27-2026/paper.pdf
  • V. Sharan, A. Sidford, G. Valiant, Memory-Sample Tradeoffs for Linear Regression with Small Error, STOC 2019. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313276.3316403
  • J. Steinhardt, J. Duchi, Minimax Rates for Memory-Bounded Sparse Linear Regression, COLT 2015. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v40/Steinhardt15.html
  • J. Steinhardt, G. Valiant, S. Wager, Memory, Communication, and Statistical Queries, COLT 2016. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v49/steinhardt16.html
  • R. Raz, Fast Learning Requires Good Memory, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.05161
  • Y. Dagan, G. Kur, O. Shamir, Space Lower Bounds for Linear Prediction in the Streaming Model, COLT 2019. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v99/dagan19b.html
  • P. Frankl, H. Maehara, Some Geometric Applications of the Beta Distribution, Ann. Inst. Statist. Math. 42 (1990).
45 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
StatisticsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: wurtle

Memory and precision in noiseless Gaussian regressionResearch Paper

Motivation

A single exact linear equation y=⟨x,s⟩y = \langle x, s\rangley=⟨x,s⟩ about an unknown unit vector s∈Rds \in \mathbb{R}^ds∈Rd carries arbitrarily fine information: ddd independent Gaussian equations determine sss almost surely, provided all of them can be kept. A learner that reads the equations once, in order, and keeps only a bounded number of bits between them faces a different problem. The question asked here is how many noiseless measurements such a learner needs in order to reach a prescribed angular precision ϵ\epsilonϵ, as a function of its memory.

This is a question about memory–sample trade-offs: how much a bound on persistent memory forces a learning procedure to read more data. With unbounded real registers, the randomized Kaczmarz update zt=zt−1+yt−⟨xt,zt−1⟩∥xt∥2xtz_t = z_{t-1} + \frac{y_t - \langle x_t, z_{t-1}\rangle}{\|x_t\|^2} x_tzt​=zt−1​+∥xt​∥2yt​−⟨xt​,zt−1​⟩​xt​ satisfies E∥zt−s∥2=(1−1/d)t\mathbb{E}\|z_t - s\|^2 = (1 - 1/d)^tE∥zt​−s∥2=(1−1/d)t on isotropic Gaussian rows, so order dlog⁡(1/ϵ)d\log(1/\epsilon)dlog(1/ϵ) samples suffice. That update stores real numbers and gives no finite-bit upper bound; the question is whether a learner with roughly d2d^2d2 bits can do better than this scale.

Background

  • 1937. Kaczmarz introduces the projection method for linear systems; Strohmer and Vershynin (2009) give the randomized version with exponential convergence.
  • 2014. Shamir's finite-message framework for online and distributed learning includes bounded-memory online processing as a special case.
  • 2015. Steinhardt and Duchi prove memory-dependent minimax rates for sparse linear regression with noise.
  • 2016. Steinhardt, Valiant and Wager relate memory, communication and statistical queries and pose a quadratic-memory versus exponential-sample conjecture for parity learning; Raz proves a time–space lower bound for parity learning, and in 2017 extends the method to a large class of learning problems.
  • 2019. Sharan, Sidford and Valiant prove that for Gaussian regression with tiny uniform additive noise, a learner with at most d2/4d^2/4d2/4 bits needs Ω(dlog⁡r)\Omega(d\log r)Ω(dlogr) samples to reach Euclidean accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r, in a stated range of rrr, and ask (Section 1.1) whether the first-order sample dependence on precision is optimal under bounded memory. In the same year Dagan, Kur and Shamir prove quadratic-space lower bounds for two different linear-prediction tasks in the streaming model.
  • 2026. The OpenAI preprint Memory and precision in noiseless Gaussian regression (dated September 27, 2026) states an ΩA(dlog⁡(1/ϵ))\Omega_A(d\log(1/\epsilon))ΩA​(dlog(1/ϵ)) lower bound for exact observations and memory Ad2Ad^2Ad2. It has not been peer reviewed, and the Lean statement of its main theorem is open on this platform.

Setting

Fix integers d≥2d \ge 2d≥2, M≥0M \ge 0M≥0, T≥0T \ge 0T≥0. A signal sss lies on the unit sphere Sd−1⊂RdS^{d-1} \subset \mathbb{R}^dSd−1⊂Rd. At step t∈{1,…,T}t \in \{1,\dots,T\}t∈{1,…,T} the learner receives the pair (xt,yt)(x_t, y_t)(xt​,yt​) with xt∼N(0,Id)x_t \sim N(0, I_d)xt​∼N(0,Id​) independent and yt=⟨xt,s⟩y_t = \langle x_t, s\rangleyt​=⟨xt​,s⟩ exactly (no noise).

A finite-state learner with MMM bits keeps a state in a set of at most 2M2^M2M elements. A data-independent shared seed ω\omegaω (drawn from a probability space (Ω,ρ)(\Omega,\rho)(Ω,ρ)) may select its rules. Given the seed, the current state, the step index and the current pair, a transition chooses the next state and whether to stop; it may perform unrestricted computation but retains only the next state. The learner must stop by the deterministic horizon TTT. Its output s^∈Sd−1\hat s \in S^{d-1}s^∈Sd−1 is a function of the terminal state, the stopping index and the seed only; a discarded observation cannot be read again. Success at precision ϵ\epsilonϵ means angular error arccos⁡⟨s^,s⟩≤ϵ\arccos\langle \hat s, s\rangle \le \epsilonarccos⟨s^,s⟩≤ϵ.

Write σd\sigma_dσd​ for the uniform probability measure on Sd−1S^{d-1}Sd−1. Uniform success is the probability of success when S∼σdS \sim \sigma_dS∼σd​ is drawn independently of the rows and the seed.

In Lean (OAI.NoiselessRegression), the state space is Fin (2 ^ M), a learner is a structure Learner d M T Ω with fields initialChoice, transition, output, the sample law is the product of stdGaussian on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and uniformSuccess and success are the probabilities defined above. Randomness during the run is represented through the arbitrary seed space Ω\OmegaΩ.

Formalization targets

Goal: OAI.NoiselessRegression.main

The goal is the conjunction of two statements.

Fixed quadratic memory (Theorem 1.2): for every A>0A > 0A>0 there are cA>0c_A > 0cA​>0 and dAd_AdA​ such that, for d≥dAd \ge d_Ad≥dA​, M≤Ad2M \le A d^2M≤Ad2, 0<ϵ≤1/100 < \epsilon \le 1/100<ϵ≤1/10, and every admissible learner,

Pr⁡S∼σd{arccos⁡⟨s^,S⟩≤ϵ}≥23  ⟹  T≥cA dlog⁡(1/ϵ).\Pr_{S\sim\sigma_d}\big\{\arccos\langle \hat s, S\rangle \le \epsilon\big\} \ge \tfrac23 \;\Longrightarrow\; T \ge c_A\, d \log(1/\epsilon).S∼σd​Pr​{arccos⟨s^,S⟩≤ϵ}≥32​⟹T≥cA​dlog(1/ϵ).

Subquadratic memory (Corollaries 1.3 and 1.4): there is an absolute c>0c > 0c>0 such that for every memory sequence M(d)=o(d2)M(d) = o(d^2)M(d)=o(d2) there is d0d_0d0​ with the same conclusion T≥c dlog⁡(1/ϵ)T \ge c\, d\log(1/\epsilon)T≥cdlog(1/ϵ) for d≥d0d \ge d_0d≥d0​, under either uniform success at least 2/32/32/3 or success at least 2/32/32/3 for every fixed signal sss.

No relation between ϵ\epsilonϵ and MMM is assumed; the constant is absolute in the subquadratic case.

Milestone: supporting estimates (OAI.MemoryPrecision.main)

A single bundled statement collecting the paper's projection-density and backward-block estimates (Theorem 3.1, Propositions A.1, A.4, A.5, B.6, B.7, Corollary 8.2), the cube-prior precision bound (Proposition 8.3), and the explicit success bound after a bounded number of samples (Proposition 5.3):

Pr⁡{arccos⁡⟨s^,S⟩≤ϵ}≤min⁡{1,[2ϵ eC(1+M/d2)⌈T/q⌉](d−1)/2},q=⌊(d−1)/8⌋.\Pr\{\arccos\langle \hat s, S\rangle \le \epsilon\} \le \min\Big\{1, \Big[2\epsilon\, e^{C(1+M/d^2)\lceil T/q\rceil}\Big]^{(d-1)/2}\Big\},\qquad q = \lfloor (d-1)/8 \rfloor.Pr{arccos⟨s^,S⟩≤ϵ}≤min{1,[2ϵeC(1+M/d2)⌈T/q⌉](d−1)/2},q=⌊(d−1)/8⌋.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1.2 answers, for exact observations and isotropic Gaussian rows, the precision question raised in Section 1.1 of Sharan–Sidford–Valiant: with O(d2)O(d^2)O(d2) bits, the dlog⁡(1/ϵ)d\log(1/\epsilon)dlog(1/ϵ) scale achieved by real-valued Kaczmarz cannot be improved, uniformly over all 0<ϵ≤1/100<\epsilon\le 1/100<ϵ≤1/10. Because an exact-observation learner can simulate added noise, the preprint derives from it an ΩA(drlog⁡d)\Omega_A(d r \log d)ΩA​(drlogd) lower bound in the noisy experiment of Sharan–Sidford–Valiant at accuracy d−rd^{-r}d−r, which strengthens their Ω(dlog⁡r)\Omega(d\log r)Ω(dlogr) bound in that range.

Formalizing it. The result is proved only in an unrefereed preprint; no machine-checked proof exists. A formal proof would certify a lower bound whose model (randomized measurable rules, early stopping, shared seeds, measurability conventions) is delicate, and the conventions are already fixed in the Lean definitions. Remaining work: the full formal proof, and as a variant the every-signal version of Theorem 1.2 for fixed AAA (Corollary 1.4), which the Lean goal states only in the subquadratic case.

Difficulty

Conditioning the uniform prior on one exact observation confines the signal to a hyperplane section of the sphere, a law singular with respect to the original spherical measure; information-theoretic arguments that track a posterior density therefore break down after a single step. Arguments for noisy observations, such as Sharan–Sidford–Valiant's, rely on the noise to keep posteriors spread out and do not transfer to the more informative exact experiment. The bound must also hold uniformly in ϵ\epsilonϵ with no relation between ϵ\epsilonϵ and MMM, so a learner with Θ(d2)\Theta(d^2)Θ(d2) bits must be prevented from storing log⁡(1/ϵ)\log(1/\epsilon)log(1/ϵ) bits per coordinate for very small ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); signals and outputs in Metric.sphere 0 1. The uniform sphere law is the normalized toSphere measure; rows are i.i.d. stdGaussian.
  • States are Fin (2 ^ M); the first component of each action is the stop flag. Runs that never stop are forced to terminate at index TTT.
  • Learner.Admissible requires a.e.-measurability of the initial choice, transitions (against Gaussian × Lebesgue on pairs), outputs, and of the full experiment under each fixed signal and under the uniform prior.
  • Probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued; the threshold is 2/32/32/3; angular error is Real.arccos ⟪ŝ, s⟫; log⁡\loglog is natural.
  • The seed space Ω\OmegaΩ is an arbitrary probability space in universe u, so randomized learners are covered by placing their randomness in the seed.

The goal cannot be satisfied trivially: the hypotheses range over all admissible learners, and the success threshold 2/32/32/3 is achievable (with large TTT), so the implication has content.

A complete development needs Gaussian measures on Euclidean space, spherical measure and cap estimates, Gram determinants and affine distances, LqL^qLq densities of Gaussian projections, and measurable selection of Borel versions of kernels. The projection-density estimates are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward the bundled milestone, or toward any of its component estimates, are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Memory and precision in noiseless Gaussian regression, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 27, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Memory-and-precision-in-noiseless-Gaussian-regression-September-27-2026/paper.pdf
  • V. Sharan, A. Sidford, G. Valiant, Memory-Sample Tradeoffs for Linear Regression with Small Error, STOC 2019. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313276.3316403 (full version https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.08544)
  • R. Raz, Fast Learning Requires Good Memory: A Time-Space Lower Bound for Parity Learning, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.05161
  • R. Raz, A Time-Space Lower Bound for a Large Class of Learning Problems, FOCS 2017. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2017.73
  • J. Steinhardt, G. Valiant, S. Wager, Memory, Communication, and Statistical Queries, COLT 2016. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v49/steinhardt16.html
  • J. Steinhardt, J. Duchi, Minimax Rates for Memory-Bounded Sparse Linear Regression, COLT 2015. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v40/Steinhardt15.html
  • O. Shamir, Fundamental Limits of Online and Distributed Algorithms for Statistical Learning and Estimation, NeurIPS 2014. https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper_files/paper/2014/hash/cc427d934a7f6c0663e5923f49eba531-Abstract.html
  • Y. Dagan, G. Kur, O. Shamir, Space Lower Bounds for Linear Prediction in the Streaming Model, COLT 2019. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v99/dagan19b.html
  • T. Strohmer, R. Vershynin, A Randomized Kaczmarz Algorithm with Exponential Convergence, J. Fourier Anal. Appl. 15 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00041-008-9030-4
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Nuclear-Norm Penalization and Optimal Rates for Noisy Low-Rank Matrix Completion 4: The Estimator Never Overestimates rank(A₀), Recovers It Above a Singular-Value Gap, and Obeys a Matching Lower BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Noisy low-rank matrix completion asks to reconstruct an m1×m2m_1\times m_2m1​×m2​ matrix A0A_0A0​ from nnn noisy observations of randomly chosen entries. It is the statistical model behind collaborative filtering (recommender systems), sensor localization and system identification, and the nuclear-norm penalized least-squares estimator is its standard convex method. Koltchinskii, Lounici and Tsybakov (arXiv:1011.6256v4, Ann. Statist. 2011) proved sharp oracle inequalities for this estimator and showed that its Frobenius error is of order rank⁡(A0)(m1∨m2)log⁡(m1+m2)/n\operatorname{rank}(A_0)(m_1\vee m_2)\log(m_1+m_2)/nrank(A0​)(m1​∨m2​)log(m1​+m2​)/n up to normalization, which matches the minimax lower bound up to a logarithmic factor.

An upper bound alone does not say whether the estimator really attains this rate on a given matrix, nor whether it reports the correct rank. Section 5.1 of the paper answers both questions with a single deterministic theorem, Theorem 8: with a slightly inflated regularization parameter the estimator never overestimates the rank of A0A_0A0​; if the nonzero singular values of A0A_0A0​ are separated from zero it recovers the rank exactly, and its error is then bounded below by a quantity of the same order as the upper bounds. Rank recovery is the property practitioners rely on when they use the estimator for model selection (choosing the number of latent factors). This mission formalizes Theorem 8 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Fix integers m1,m2,n≥1m_1,m_2,n\ge1m1​,m2​,n≥1. The matrix completion basis is X={ej(m1)ek(m2)⊤}\mathcal X=\{e_j(m_1)e_k(m_2)^\top\}X={ej​(m1​)ek​(m2​)⊤}, the m1m2m_1m_2m1​m2​ matrices with a single entry equal to 111. A sample consists of nnn pairs (Xi,Yi)(X_i,Y_i)(Xi​,Yi​) with Xi∈XX_i\in\mathcal XXi​∈X (an observed position (ji,ki)(j_i,k_i)(ji​,ki​)) and Yi∈RY_i\in\mathbb RYi​∈R (a noisy observation of the corresponding entry of the unknown matrix A0A_0A0​). Write ⟨A,B⟩=tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=tr(A⊤B), ∥A∥2\|A\|_2∥A∥2​ for the Frobenius norm, ∥A∥1\|A\|_1∥A∥1​ for the nuclear norm (the sum of the singular values) and ∥A∥∞\|A\|_\infty∥A∥∞​ for the operator norm (the largest singular value). The singular values of BBB are σ1(B)≥σ2(B)≥⋯≥σm1∧m2(B)≥0\sigma_1(B)\ge\sigma_2(B)\ge\dots\ge\sigma_{m_1\wedge m_2}(B)\ge0σ1​(B)≥σ2​(B)≥⋯≥σm1​∧m2​​(B)≥0.

From the sample form

X=m1m2n∑i=1nYiXi,M=1n∑i=1n(YiXi−E(YiXi)).\mathbf X=\frac{m_1m_2}{n}\sum_{i=1}^nY_iX_i,\qquad \mathbf M=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\big(Y_iX_i-\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)\big).X=nm1​m2​​i=1∑n​Yi​Xi​,M=n1​i=1∑n​(Yi​Xi​−E(Yi​Xi​)).

In the paper's model E(Yi∣Xi)=⟨A0,Xi⟩\mathbb E(Y_i\mid X_i)=\langle A_0,X_i\rangleE(Yi​∣Xi​)=⟨A0​,Xi​⟩ with XiX_iXi​ uniform on X\mathcal XX, so E(YiXi)=A0/(m1m2)\mathbb E(Y_iX_i)=A_0/(m_1m_2)E(Yi​Xi​)=A0​/(m1​m2​) and X−A0=m1m2M\mathbf X-A_0=m_1m_2\mathbf MX−A0​=m1​m2​M: the matrix M\mathbf MM is the stochastic error. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 the estimator (3.1) is

A^λ=argmin⁡A∈Rm1×m2(∥A−X∥22+λm1m2∥A∥1).\hat A^\lambda=\operatorname{argmin}_{A\in\mathbb R^{m_1\times m_2}}\Big(\|A-\mathbf X\|_2^2+\lambda m_1m_2\|A\|_1\Big).A^λ=argminA∈Rm1​×m2​​(∥A−X∥22​+λm1​m2​∥A∥1​).

The objective is strictly convex, so the minimizer is unique; by (3.2) it is obtained from a singular value decomposition of X\mathbf XX by soft thresholding every singular value at level λm1m2/2\lambda m_1m_2/2λm1​m2​/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 20)

Let λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 and λ′=λ/(1−δ)\lambda'=\lambda/(1-\delta)λ′=λ/(1−δ), and put r^=rank⁡(A^λ′)\hat r=\operatorname{rank}(\hat A^{\lambda'})r^=rank(A^λ′). Then

r^≤rank⁡(A0).(5.1)\hat r\le\operatorname{rank}(A_0).\tag{5.1}r^≤rank(A0​).(5.1)

If in addition min⁡j:σj(A0)≠0σj(A0)≥λ′m1m2\min_{j:\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0}\sigma_j(A_0)\ge\lambda'm_1m_2minj:σj​(A0​)=0​σj​(A0​)≥λ′m1​m2​, then

r^≥rank⁡(A0)(5.2)\hat r\ge\operatorname{rank}(A_0)\tag{5.2}r^≥rank(A0​)(5.2)

and

∥A^λ′−A0∥22≥δ24(1−δ)2rank⁡(A0) (λm1m2)2.(5.3)\|\hat A^{\lambda'}-A_0\|_2^2\ge\frac{\delta^2}{4(1-\delta)^2}\operatorname{rank}(A_0)\,(\lambda m_1m_2)^2.\tag{5.3}∥A^λ′−A0​∥22​≥4(1−δ)2δ2​rank(A0​)(λm1​m2​)2.(5.3)

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof on p. 20 in order:

  1. the singular value perturbation display ∣σj(X)−σj(A0)∣≤σ1(X−A0)=m1m2∥M∥∞≤λm1m2/2|\sigma_j(\mathbf X)-\sigma_j(A_0)|\le\sigma_1(\mathbf X-A_0)=m_1m_2\|\mathbf M\|_\infty\le\lambda m_1m_2/2∣σj​(X)−σj​(A0​)∣≤σ1​(X−A0​)=m1​m2​∥M∥∞​≤λm1​m2​/2;
  2. the rank of A^λ\hat A^\lambdaA^λ equals the number of singular values of X\mathbf XX above λm1m2/2\lambda m_1m_2/2λm1​m2​/2 (the consequence of (3.2) the proof uses);
  3. (5.1);
  4. (5.2);
  5. ∥P(A^λ′−X)∥2=r λ′m1m2/2\|\mathcal P(\hat A^{\lambda'}-\mathbf X)\|_2=\sqrt r\,\lambda'm_1m_2/2∥P(A^λ′−X)∥2​=r​λ′m1​m2​/2 when r^=r\hat r=rr^=r, for the projector P\mathcal PP onto the span of the top rrr singular pairs uj(X)vj(X)⊤u_j(\mathbf X)v_j(\mathbf X)^\topuj​(X)vj​(X)⊤;
  6. ∥P(X−A0)∥2≤r∥M∥∞m1m2≤rλm1m2/2\|\mathcal P(\mathbf X-A_0)\|_2\le\sqrt r\|\mathbf M\|_\infty m_1m_2\le\sqrt r\lambda m_1m_2/2∥P(X−A0​)∥2​≤r​∥M∥∞​m1​m2​≤r​λm1​m2​/2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8 turns the paper's upper bounds into two-sided statements. Combined with a probability bound for ∥M∥∞\|\mathbf M\|_\infty∥M∥∞​ (Corollary 3 of the paper), it shows that with high probability the estimator selects the true rank and that its error on well-conditioned low-rank matrices is not smaller than the rate of the upper bounds, so those bounds cannot be improved for this estimator. Because the theorem is deterministic given the event λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​, it applies unchanged to any noise model for which such a bound on the stochastic error is available.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing in it is open. The mission produces a machine-checked version and, along the way, reusable linear algebra that is not on the platform in this form: Weyl's perturbation inequality for singular values in operator norm, the rank of a nuclear-norm proximal point, and the Frobenius norm of a projection onto a span of orthonormal rank-one matrices. The soft-thresholding representation (3.2) itself is the open platform item CaiCandesShen.Convergence.shrink_eq_prox (Cai–Candès–Shen, Theorem 2.1, after halving the objective); this mission references it rather than posing it again, and a proof of it would serve both missions.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the proof is three lines; the content is in two facts about singular values that the paper takes from the literature. The first is Weyl's inequality ∣σj(B)−σj(C)∣≤∥B−C∥∞|\sigma_j(B)-\sigma_j(C)|\le\|B-C\|_\infty∣σj​(B)−σj​(C)∣≤∥B−C∥∞​, which needs the min–max (Courant–Fischer) characterization of singular values; Mathlib defines singular values through the eigenvalues of T∗TT^*TT∗T but has neither the min–max principle for them nor this inequality. The second is the description of the minimizer of ∥A−X∥22+λm1m2∥A∥1\|A-\mathbf X\|_2^2+\lambda m_1m_2\|A\|_1∥A−X∥22​+λm1​m2​∥A∥1​: one needs the subdifferential of the nuclear norm (2.1), or an equivalent von Neumann trace inequality, to show that soft thresholding is optimal, and then that its rank and its projection onto the top singular pairs are what the formula suggests. A naive approach that compares the estimator with X\mathbf XX entrywise gives nothing about the rank; the proof needs the spectral structure.

Formalization scope

Matrices are MatrixCompletion.RealMatrix m₁ m₂ (Matrix (Fin m₁) (Fin m₂) ℝ) with the published norms frobeniusNormSq, frobeniusNorm, nuclearNorm, spectralNorm and SVD data SVD. Singular values are Mathlib's LinearMap.singularValues of Matrix.toEuclideanLin, 0-based: the Lean singularValue B j is the paper's σj+1(B)\sigma_{j+1}(B)σj+1​(B). The conventions committed to:

  • The statements are realization-wise: positions idx : Fin n → Fin m₁ × Fin m₂ and responses y : Fin n → ℝ are fixed, and every theorem holds for every data set satisfying λ≥2∥M∥∞\lambda\ge2\|\mathbf M\|_\inftyλ≥2∥M∥∞​. The matrix M\mathbf MM is written as 1n∑iYiXi−A0/(m1m2)\frac1n\sum_iY_iX_i-A_0/(m_1m_2)n1​∑i​Yi​Xi​−A0​/(m1​m2​), which is (2.2) under the model (1.1) and the uniform design; this is the paper's "Note that X−A0=m1m2M\mathbf X-A_0=m_1m_2\mathbf MX−A0​=m1​m2​M". The probabilistic hypotheses are used for nothing else.
  • n,m1,m2≥1n,m_1,m_2\ge1n,m1​,m2​≥1 and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 are assumed, as in the paper.
  • The estimator is any minimizer of (3.1) over all matrices, never the soft-thresholding formula; replacing the minimizer by formula (3.2) would assume the open Cai–Candès–Shen item.
  • min⁡j:σj(A0)≠0σj(A0)≥λ′m1m2\min_{j:\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0}\sigma_j(A_0)\ge\lambda'm_1m_2minj:σj​(A0​)=0​σj​(A0​)≥λ′m1​m2​ is written "for every jjj with σj(A0)≠0\sigma_j(A_0)\ne0σj​(A0​)=0"; for A0=0A_0=0A0​=0 it is vacuous, as on the page. No real infimum over a possibly empty set is used.
  • The projector P\mathcal PP is built from a singular value decomposition of X\mathbf XX carried as data, with decreasing singular values, from its first rrr pairs.

No printed slip was found in Theorem 8 or its proof; no hypothesis beyond the above is added.

Contributions welcome: Weyl's inequality for singular values (generally useful), the rank and top-rrr projection of the nuclear-norm proximal point, and a proof of CaiCandesShen.Convergence.shrink_eq_prox.

The source is the arXiv preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4; all page and display numbers refer to it.

Selected references

  • V. Koltchinskii, K. Lounici, A. B. Tsybakov, Nuclear-norm penalization and optimal rates for noisy low-rank matrix completion, Ann. Statist. 39(5), 2011; preprint arXiv:1011.6256v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.6256
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080738970
  • G. W. Stewart, J.-G. Sun, Matrix Perturbation Theory, Academic Press, 1990 (reference [25] of the paper, p. 203).
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Matrix completion with noise, Proc. IEEE 98(6), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1109/JPROC.2009.2035722
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning VI: In a Deterministic MDP an Algorithm Acts T-Step Optimally at All but NAT TimestepsTextbook

Motivation

A reinforcement-learning agent that does not know its environment has to act and learn at once. Each step spent gathering information about unfamiliar states is a step not spent collecting reward, and an agent that only exploits what it already knows may never find better behaviour. Chapter 8 of Kakade's thesis (Kakade 2003) turns this trade-off into a counting question. Run an algorithm for an arbitrarily long time on one unbroken path of experience, with no resets. At how many timesteps does it fail to act optimally with respect to a fixed planning horizon TTT? Kakade calls this number the sample complexity of exploration.

The question builds on two algorithms. E3E^3E3 (Kearns and Singh 2002) gave the first polynomial-time guarantee for near-optimal behaviour in an unknown MDP. RmaxR_{max}Rmax​ (Brafman and Tennenholtz 2002) replaced E3E^3E3's explicit explore-or-exploit switch by optimism: unknown states are treated as maximally rewarding. Kakade's chapter sharpens the analysis of RmaxR_{max}Rmax​. For deterministic MDPs it shows that the number of non-optimal steps is at most NATNATNAT, which matches its own lower bound. The thesis notes that its deterministic results are similar to those of Koenig and Simmons (1993), with the dependence on NNN, AAA and TTT made explicit (pp. 99, 104). The later PAC-MDP literature (for example Strehl, Li and Littman 2009) took this counting notion as its standard measure of exploration efficiency.

Setting

An MDP MMM has a finite set SSS of NNN states, a finite nonempty set of AAA actions, a transition model P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a) and a deterministic reward r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1]. A deterministic MDP has a next-state map fff, with P(s′∣s,a)=1P(s'\mid s,a)=1P(s′∣s,a)=1 exactly when s′=f(s,a)s'=f(s,a)s′=f(s,a).

Online model. An algorithm A\mathcal AA is a deterministic function that maps the path observed so far, (s0,a0,r0,…,st)(s_0,a_0,r_0,\dots,s_t)(s0​,a0​,r0​,…,st​), to the next action ata_tat​. Started at s0s_0s0​, it produces one path c=(s0,a0,s1,a1,… )c=(s_0,a_0,s_1,a_1,\dots)c=(s0​,a0​,s1​,a1​,…); ctc_tct​ is the subpath up to sts_tst​. The TTT-step end time t′t't′ of ttt is the smallest multiple of TTT larger than ttt. The TTT-step value of the algorithm on ctc_tct​ is the normalized reward it collects until t′t't′,

UA(ct)=1T E[∑τ=tt′−1r(sτ,aτ)],U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)=\frac1T\,\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{\tau=t}^{t'-1}r(s_\tau,a_\tau)\Big],UA​(ct​)=T1​E[τ=t∑t′−1​r(sτ​,aτ​)],

and U∗(ct)U^*(c_t)U∗(ct​) is the supremum of this quantity over all algorithms continuing from ctc_tct​.

TTT-step policies. A TTT-step policy π\piπ is a sequence of deterministic decision rules π(⋅,0),…,π(⋅,T−1)\pi(\cdot,0),\dots,\pi(\cdot,T-1)π(⋅,0),…,π(⋅,T−1). Its ttt-value is Uπ,t,M(s)=1TE[∑τ=tT−1r(sτ,aτ)∣st=s]U_{\pi,t,M}(s)=\frac1T\mathbb E[\sum_{\tau=t}^{T-1}r(s_\tau,a_\tau)\mid s_t=s]Uπ,t,M​(s)=T1​E[∑τ=tT−1​r(sτ​,aτ​)∣st​=s], and Ut,M∗(s)U^*_{t,M}(s)Ut,M∗​(s) is the supremum over TTT-step policies. For a set of states KKK, the induced MDP MKM_KMK​ agrees with MMM on KKK and makes every state outside KKK absorbing with reward 111. The escape probability Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s)\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s)Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s) is the probability that the path (st,…,sT−1)(s_t,\dots,s_{T-1})(st​,…,sT−1​) of π\piπ in MMM leaves KKK. A transition model P^\hat PP^ is an ε\varepsilonε-approximation to PPP if ∑s′∣P^(s′∣s,a)−P(s′∣s,a)∣<ε\sum_{s'}|\hat P(s'\mid s,a)-P(s'\mid s,a)|<\varepsilon∑s′​∣P^(s′∣s,a)−P(s′∣s,a)∣<ε for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.3.5 (deterministic sample complexity)

For every NNN, AAA and T≥1T\ge1T≥1 there is one algorithm A\mathcal AA such that, for every deterministic MDP with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], every start state and every LLL,

#{ t<L: UA(ct)≠U∗(ct) } ≤ NAT.\#\{\,t<L:\ U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)\neq U^*(c_t)\,\}\ \le\ NAT .#{t<L: UA​(ct​)=U∗(ct​)} ≤ NAT.

Milestones

  • Lemma 8.4.4 (induced inequalities). For every TTT-step policy, every t<Tt<Tt<T and every state sss,
Uπ,t,MK(s)≥Uπ,t,M(s)≥Uπ,t,MK(s)−Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s).U_{\pi,t,M_K}(s)\ge U_{\pi,t,M}(s)\ge U_{\pi,t,M_K}(s)-\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s).Uπ,t,MK​​(s)≥Uπ,t,M​(s)≥Uπ,t,MK​​(s)−Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s).
  • Corollary 8.4.5 (implicit explore or exploit). If π\piπ is TTT-step optimal in MKM_KMK​, then for every t<Tt<Tt<T and every state sss,
Uπ,t,M(s)≥Ut,M∗(s)−Pr⁡(escape from K∣π,M,st=s).U_{\pi,t,M}(s)\ge U^*_{t,M}(s)-\Pr(\text{escape from }K\mid\pi,M,s_t=s).Uπ,t,M​(s)≥Ut,M∗​(s)−Pr(escape from K∣π,M,st​=s).
  • Deterministic escapes (p. 114). In a deterministic MDP every escape probability is 000 or 111.
  • Non-escaping steps are optimal (p. 114). In a deterministic MDP, an optimal policy of MKM_KMK​ that does not escape from (s,t)(s,t)(s,t) satisfies Uπ,t,M(s)=Ut,M∗(s)U_{\pi,t,M}(s)=U^*_{t,M}(s)Uπ,t,M​(s)=Ut,M∗​(s).
  • Lemma 8.5.4 (ε\varepsilonε-approximation condition). If P^\hat PP^ is an ε\varepsilonε-approximation to PPP and the rewards agree, then ∣Uπ,t,M^(s)−Uπ,t,M(s)∣<εT|U_{\pi,t,\hat M}(s)-U_{\pi,t,M}(s)|<\varepsilon T∣Uπ,t,M^​(s)−Uπ,t,M​(s)∣<εT for all π\piπ, sss and t<Tt<Tt<T.
  • Lemma 8.5.5, pinned. If m≥8Nε2log⁡2Nδm\ge\frac{8N}{\varepsilon^2}\log\frac{2N}\deltam≥ε28N​logδ2N​ with ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1, then the empirical distribution of mmm independent samples from a distribution ppp on NNN points satisfies ∑i∣p^(i)−p(i)∣≤ε\sum_i|\hat p(i)-p(i)|\le\varepsilon∑i​∣p^​(i)−p(i)∣≤ε with probability greater than 1−δ1-\delta1−δ.

Significance

The result. The bound NATNATNAT does not depend on LLL. However long the agent runs, only a fixed number of its steps fail to be TTT-step optimal. The thesis's Theorem 8.3.6 shows that every algorithm has Ω(NAT)\Omega(NAT)Ω(NAT) such steps on some deterministic MDP, so for deterministic MDPs the upper and lower bounds coincide. The induced-MDP lemmas carry over unchanged to stochastic MDPs. Together with Lemmas 8.5.4 and 8.5.5, they give the chapter's general bound (Theorem 8.3.1). They are the template for later optimism-based analyses, which compare an optimistic model with the true one and charge the difference to the probability of leaving the known region.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the thesis; neither Mathlib nor the Prove2Me catalog contains a machine-checked version of any of them. A complete development would contain:

  • a verified finite-horizon dynamic-programming layer (backward recursions, optimal TTT-step values as suprema);
  • a simulation lemma in ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​;
  • a concentration bound for empirical distributions whose sample size is linear in NNN;
  • an explicit construction of an online exploration algorithm, with a counting argument about its run.

The proof of Lemma 8.5.5 in the thesis uses a Chernoff bound of the form P(∣p^i−pi∣>αpi)≤2e−α2pim/2P(|\hat p_i-p_i|>\alpha p_i)\le2e^{-\alpha^2p_im/2}P(∣p^​i​−pi​∣>αpi​)≤2e−α2pi​m/2. This form fails for the upper tail when α>1\alpha>1α>1, so the pinned statement needs a different argument.

Difficulty

The algorithm must be fixed before the MDP. It knows nothing about fff or rrr beyond what its own path reveals, yet the count has to hold for every MDP, every start state and every run length at once. A direct approach could explore each state-action pair once and then plan. That does not bound the count. Exploration is interleaved with exploitation, the agent can only reach unknown pairs through known states, and every step on the way is judged against the full TTT-step optimum of the current cycle. The work lies in charging each non-optimal step to a distinct newly tried state-action pair, with at most TTT steps charged per pair, while the planning policy is recomputed every time the set of known states grows. In the stochastic lemmas, the main issue is that Ut,M∗U^*_{t,M}Ut,M∗​ is a supremum over all TTT-step policies, so the comparison has to go through MKM_KMK​ for every competing policy, not only the planner's.

Formalization scope

  • Model. SSS and AAA are finite types, AAA nonempty; N=∣S∣N=|S|N=∣S∣ and A=∣A∣A=|A|A=∣A∣. Rewards are deterministic, with 0≤r≤10\le r\le10≤r≤1 a hypothesis of every statement. Transition models are IsTransitionKernel functions P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a).
  • Normalization and time. Values carry the factor 1/T1/T1/T, so they lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; epochs are 0-based. TTT-step policies are functions N→S→A\mathbb N\to S\to AN→S→A, entered into the canonical stochastic TTT-epoch layer as indicator policies. Ut,M∗U^*_{t,M}Ut,M∗​ is the supremum over these policies, which is bounded under the hypotheses.
  • Online model. In the online model the algorithm has type List (S × A × ℝ) → S → A. The run is defined by recursion and is infinite. UA(ct)U_{\mathcal A}(c_t)UA​(ct​) is the realised normalized sum up to the end time, and U∗(ct)U^*(c_t)U∗(ct​) is the backward recursion Wt′−t(st)W_{t'-t}(s_t)Wt′−t​(st​), which is the supremum over algorithms by the Markov property. The count runs over t<Lt<Lt<L for every LLL.
  • Corrections to the printed text. Corollary 8.4.5 is stated for t<Tt<Tt<T, where its quantities are defined; the printed range is t≤Tt\le Tt≤T. Lemma 8.5.5 carries an explicit sample size in place of O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅).

Four formalizations would make the goal trivial or false, and each is excluded:

  • quantifying the algorithm after the MDP, which lets it read fff and rrr;
  • giving the algorithm a type that takes fff or rrr as an argument;
  • defining U∗U^*U∗ as a junk real supremum;
  • hiding rewards from the observed path, which makes the statement false.

Reusable beyond this mission are the finite-horizon value layer, the induced-MDP and escape-probability lemmas, and the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ concentration bound. Contributions to any of these are useful independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • S. M. Kakade, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning, PhD thesis, Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit, University College London, 2003. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10100726/
  • R. I. Brafman and M. Tennenholtz, R-max — a general polynomial time algorithm for near-optimal reinforcement learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/brafman02a.html
  • M. Kearns and S. Singh, Near-optimal reinforcement learning in polynomial time, Machine Learning 49, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017984413808
  • A. L. Strehl, L. Li and M. L. Littman, Reinforcement learning in finite MDPs: PAC analysis, Journal of Machine Learning Research 10, 2009. https://jmlr.org/papers/v10/strehl09a.html
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning IV: Advantages at Most ε/T under μ Make a Policy ε + T‖d_{π′,s₀} − μ‖₁ Close to Every Policy of the ClassTextbook

Motivation

Planning in a Markov decision process with a large or infinite state space cannot visit every state. The trajectory tree method of Kearns, Mansour and Ng (2000) finds a near-best policy in a class Π\PiΠ with a number of generative-model calls independent of the state space, but exponential in the horizon TTT. Chapter 6 of S. M. Kakade's PhD thesis, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning (University College London, 2003), trades that exponential factor for a weaker notion of optimality. The weaker notion is tied to a reset distribution μ\muμ that encodes prior knowledge of where good policies spend their time, such as a desired trajectory in robotic control or a known operating regime of a queueing network.

The resulting algorithm, μ-PolicySearch, chooses one decision rule per time step, backward in time, from a hypothesis class Π1\Pi_1Π1​, optimizing each against states drawn from μ\muμ. The same idea was later published as Policy Search by Dynamic Programming (Bagnell, Kakade, Ng and Schneider, NeurIPS 2003). Conservative policy iteration (Kakade and Langford, ICML 2002) carries the same reset-distribution idea into the discounted setting.

Timeline:

  • 2000 — Kearns, Mansour and Ng: trajectory trees; uniform convergence over Π\PiΠ with O(2T)O(2^T)O(2T) dependence on the horizon.
  • 2002 — Kakade and Langford: the performance difference lemma for discounted values and conservative policy iteration under a reset distribution.
  • 2003 — Kakade's thesis, Chapter 6: μ-optimality (Theorem 6.3.1) and μ-PolicySearch, with sample complexity polynomial in TTT (Theorem 6.3.3, an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) statement not part of this mission).

Setting

A T-epoch MDP has a finite state set SSS, a finite nonempty action set AAA, a transition kernel P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), a deterministic reward r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1] and a horizon T≥1T\ge1T≥1. Decision epochs are t=0,…,T−1t=0,\dots,T-1t=0,…,T−1. A non-stationary policy π\piπ gives a distribution π(⋅∣s,t)\pi(\cdot\mid s,t)π(⋅∣s,t) over actions at each state and epoch. A decision rule is a map h:S→Ah:S\to Ah:S→A. A class Π1\Pi_1Π1​ of decision rules induces the class Π=Π1T\Pi=\Pi_1^TΠ=Π1T​ of deterministic policies that use a rule of Π1\Pi_1Π1​ at every epoch.

Values are normalized. The ttt-value Vπ,t(s)V_{\pi,t}(s)Vπ,t​(s) is 1T\frac1TT1​ times the expected reward collected from epoch ttt to T−1T-1T−1 when starting in sss at epoch ttt, so Vπ,t(s)∈[0,1]V_{\pi,t}(s)\in[0,1]Vπ,t​(s)∈[0,1]. The value is Vπ(s)=Vπ,0(s)V_\pi(s)=V_{\pi,0}(s)Vπ​(s)=Vπ,0​(s). The state-action value is Qπ,t(s,a)=1Tr(s,a)+Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)[Vπ,t+1(s′)]Q_{\pi,t}(s,a)=\frac1T r(s,a)+\mathbb E_{s'\sim P(\cdot\mid s,a)}[V_{\pi,t+1}(s')]Qπ,t​(s,a)=T1​r(s,a)+Es′∼P(⋅∣s,a)​[Vπ,t+1​(s′)], and the advantage is Aπ,t(s,a)=Qπ,t(s,a)−Vπ,t(s)A_{\pi,t}(s,a)=Q_{\pi,t}(s,a)-V_{\pi,t}(s)Aπ,t​(s,a)=Qπ,t​(s,a)−Vπ,t​(s). The future state-time distribution of π\piπ from s0s_0s0​ is dπ,s0(s,t)=1TPr⁡(st=s∣π,s0)d_{\pi,s_0}(s,t)=\frac1T\Pr(s_t=s\mid\pi,s_0)dπ,s0​​(s,t)=T1​Pr(st​=s∣π,s0​) on S×{0,…,T−1}S\times\{0,\dots,T-1\}S×{0,…,T−1}.

A μ-reset distribution μ\muμ is a family of distributions μ(⋅∣t)\mu(\cdot\mid t)μ(⋅∣t) on SSS, one per epoch t<Tt<Tt<T. Its joint law, uniform over epochs, is μ(s,t)=μ(s∣t)/T\mu(s,t)=\mu(s\mid t)/Tμ(s,t)=μ(s∣t)/T. For a decision rule hhh the μ-advantage is

Aπ,t(μ,h)=Es∼μ(⋅∣t)[Aπ,t(s,h(s))],A_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)=\mathbb E_{s\sim\mu(\cdot\mid t)}\big[A_{\pi,t}(s,h(s))\big],Aπ,t​(μ,h)=Es∼μ(⋅∣t)​[Aπ,t​(s,h(s))],

and Qπ,t(μ,h)Q_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)Qπ,t​(μ,h) is defined in the same way. The ℓ1 distance of two functions on S×{0,…,T−1}S\times\{0,\dots,T-1\}S×{0,…,T−1} is ∥p−q∥1=∑s∑t<T∣p(s,t)−q(s,t)∣\|p-q\|_1=\sum_s\sum_{t<T}|p(s,t)-q(s,t)|∥p−q∥1​=∑s​∑t<T​∣p(s,t)−q(s,t)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: μ-optimality (Theorem 6.3.1, p. 75)

If a policy π\piπ satisfies Aπ,t(μ,h)≤ε/TA_{\pi,t}(\mu,h)\le\varepsilon/TAπ,t​(μ,h)≤ε/T for all h∈Π1h\in\Pi_1h∈Π1​ and t<Tt<Tt<T, then for all π′∈Π\pi'\in\Piπ′∈Π and all start states s0s_0s0​,

Vπ(s0)≥Vπ′(s0)−ε−T ∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1.V_\pi(s_0)\ge V_{\pi'}(s_0)-\varepsilon-T\,\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1 .Vπ​(s0​)≥Vπ′​(s0​)−ε−T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.2.1 (undiscounted), p. 59. Vπ′(s0)−Vπ(s0)=T E(s,t)∼dπ′,s0Ea∼π′(⋅∣s,t)[Aπ,t(s,a)]V_{\pi'}(s_0)-V_\pi(s_0)=T\,\mathbb E_{(s,t)\sim d_{\pi',s_0}}\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi'(\cdot\mid s,t)}[A_{\pi,t}(s,a)]Vπ′​(s0​)−Vπ​(s0​)=TE(s,t)∼dπ′,s0​​​Ea∼π′(⋅∣s,t)​[Aπ,t​(s,a)] for all policies π,π′\pi,\pi'π,π′.
  • Change of measure, p. 76. T Edπ′,s0Eπ′[Aπ,t]≤T EμEπ′[Aπ,t]+T∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1T\,\mathbb E_{d_{\pi',s_0}}\mathbb E_{\pi'}[A_{\pi,t}]\le T\,\mathbb E_{\mu}\mathbb E_{\pi'}[A_{\pi,t}]+T\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1TEdπ′,s0​​​Eπ′​[Aπ,t​]≤TEμ​Eπ′​[Aπ,t​]+T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​.
  • Lemma 5.3.1, p. 63. The policy returned by non-stationary approximate policy iteration (NAPI) has the same Qπ,tQ_{\pi,t}Qπ,t​ as the input policy of update ttt. Its advantages are bounded by the per-state errors εt(s)\varepsilon_t(s)εt​(s) of the PolicyChooser.
  • Theorem 6.3.2, p. 76. Exact μ-PolicySearch returns π~\tilde\piπ~ with Aπ~,t(μ,h)≤0A_{\tilde\pi,t}(\mu,h)\le0Aπ~,t​(μ,h)≤0 for all h∈Π1h\in\Pi_1h∈Π1​, t<Tt<Tt<T.

Significance

Theorem 6.3.1 states what μ-PolicySearch buys. The guarantee holds at every start state, whereas the trajectory tree guarantee holds only at the root it was built for. The policy is guaranteed to compete with each policy of Π\PiΠ whose future state-time distribution is close to μ\muμ. The penalty T∥dπ′,s0−μ∥1T\|d_{\pi',s_0}-\mu\|_1T∥dπ′,s0​​−μ∥1​ makes the role of the reset distribution precise: it is the price of the change from the "training" distribution μ\muμ to the "test" distribution dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​. With Theorem 6.3.2 at ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0, the exact algorithm attains the bound with no slack. The sample-based analysis (Theorem 6.3.3) reduces to controlling the ε/T\varepsilon/Tε/T condition.

The results are proved in the thesis, and no machine-checked version is known to exist. The mission produces a Lean development of the normalized T-epoch model (non-stationary policies, ttt-values, advantages, future state-time distributions) together with the undiscounted performance difference lemma. These pieces are the common substrate of Chapters 4–6 of the thesis and of later finite-horizon policy-search analyses.

Difficulty

The performance difference lemma relates two objects defined in opposite directions of time: the state distribution of π′\pi'π′ runs forward from s0s_0s0​, while the ttt-values of π\piπ are defined backward from the horizon. A formal statement must keep the epochs of the two aligned, including the boundary epochs t=0t=0t=0 and t=T−1t=T-1t=T−1. The change of measure needs the bound ∣Aπ,t(s,a)∣≤1|A_{\pi,t}(s,a)|\le1∣Aπ,t​(s,a)∣≤1, which holds only because values are normalized and rewards lie in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. With unnormalized rewards the constant TTT in front of the ℓ1 term is wrong.

A first idea is to read the hypothesis as "the advantages are small under dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​". That reading is not available. The hypothesis controls averages under μ\muμ only, and the gap between the two distributions is exactly the penalty term.

Formalization scope

  • The state space is finite (Fintype S), so expectations and the ℓ1 distance are finite sums. The thesis also allows infinite state spaces in this chapter, with integrals in place of sums.
  • Epochs are 0-based, t∈{0,…,T−1}t\in\{0,\dots,T-1\}t∈{0,…,T−1}, with T≥1T\ge1T≥1.
  • Values carry the factor 1/T1/T1/T. Vπ,tV_{\pi,t}Vπ,t​ is defined by backward recursion and is 000 for t≥Tt\ge Tt≥T.
  • Policies are real functions π t s a together with a validity predicate. Deterministic policies h=(ht)h=(h_t)h=(ht​) enter as indicator policies π(a∣s,t)=1[a=ht(s)]\pi(a\mid s,t)=\mathbf 1[a=h_t(s)]π(a∣s,t)=1[a=ht​(s)].
  • Π1\Pi_1Π1​ is an arbitrary set of deterministic decision rules, not assumed finite. Exact μ-PolicySearch is described as a run: the chosen rule at each update is an exact maximizer over Π1\Pi_1Π1​ of Qπ,t(μ,⋅)Q_{\pi,t}(\mu,\cdot)Qπ,t​(μ,⋅) for the current policy π\piπ, and the run is stated by hypotheses rather than by a choice of argmax.
  • The policy π\piπ in the goal may be stochastic. The competitors π′\pi'π′ range over Π1T\Pi_1^TΠ1T​.
  • The μ-mismatch term must stay in the goal. Dropping it, or replacing dπ′,s0d_{\pi',s_0}dπ′,s0​​ by μ\muμ, gives a different and false statement. An empty class Π1\Pi_1Π1​ makes the conclusion vacuous. That case is harmless, since the conclusion only quantifies over π′∈Π1T\pi'\in\Pi_1^Tπ′∈Π1T​, and the source has it too.

The T-epoch layer (policies, state distributions, values, advantages, the future state-time distribution) is shared with the other missions of this series (namespaces SampleComplexityRL.PolicyGrad and SampleComplexityRL.Mismeasure); the μ-reset objects are defined in SampleComplexityRL.MuPolicySearch; IsTransitionKernel and IsPolicy are published definitions. Contributions of the performance difference lemma and of general facts about the T-epoch layer (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], dπ,s0d_{\pi,s_0}dπ,s0​​ sums to one) are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. M. Kakade, On the Sample Complexity of Reinforcement Learning, PhD thesis, Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit, University College London, 2003. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10100726/
  • M. Kearns, Y. Mansour, A. Y. Ng, Approximate planning in large POMDPs via reusable trajectories, NeurIPS 12, 2000. https://papers.nips.cc/paper_files/paper/1999
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately optimal approximate reinforcement learning, ICML 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • J. A. Bagnell, S. Kakade, A. Y. Ng, J. Schneider, Policy search by dynamic programming, NeurIPS 16, 2003. https://papers.nips.cc/paper_files/paper/2003
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Aggregation of Classifiers in Statistical Learning: The Adaptive Classifier Attains the Optimal Fast Rate up to a Logarithmic Factor Simultaneously on All Classes (Theorem 3)Research Paper

Motivation

Binary classification asks for a rule that predicts a label Y∈{0,1}Y\in\{0,1\}Y∈{0,1} from a feature vector X∈RdX\in\mathbb R^dX∈Rd, given nnn labelled examples. A classical way to measure how hard this is, due to Mammen and Tsybakov (1999), treats classification as the estimation of a set, the region where label 111 is more likely, and asks how fast the excess misclassification risk of a data-driven classifier can tend to zero. The answer depends on two parameters: the complexity ρ\rhoρ of the class of candidate sets, measured by entropy with bracketing, and the margin parameter κ\kappaκ, which measures how sharply the conditional probability of label 111 moves away from 1/21/21/2 near the decision boundary.

Tsybakov (2004) showed that empirical risk minimization over a suitable net attains the rate n−κ/(2κ+ρ−1)n^{-\kappa/(2\kappa+\rho-1)}n−κ/(2κ+ρ−1), which approaches n−1n^{-1}n−1 ("fast rates") for favourable margins and simple classes, and that this rate is minimax optimal. In practice neither ρ\rhoρ nor κ\kappaκ is known. The main result of the paper, Theorem 3, constructs a single classifier that adapts to both and attains the optimal rate up to a logarithmic factor simultaneously over a whole family of classes. The margin condition introduced here, often called the Tsybakov margin (or noise) condition, became a standard assumption of statistical learning theory, used for instance in the analysis of support vector machines and of plug-in rules (Audibert and Tsybakov 2007).

Setting

Observations are i.i.d. pairs (X1,Y1),…,(Xn,Yn)(X_1,Y_1),\dots,(X_n,Y_n)(X1​,Y1​),…,(Xn​,Yn​) with law π\piπ. Write PXP_XPX​ for the law of XXX and η(x)=P(Y=1∣X=x)\eta(x)=P(Y=1\mid X=x)η(x)=P(Y=1∣X=x) for the regression function. A classifier is a Borel set G⊆RdG\subseteq\mathbb R^dG⊆Rd, predicting 111 on GGG. The Bayes classifier is G∗={x:η(x)≥1/2}G^*=\{x:\eta(x)\ge1/2\}G∗={x:η(x)≥1/2}, and the excess risk of GGG is

d(G,G∗)=∫G△G∗∣2η(x)−1∣ PX(dx)=R(G)−R(G∗),d(G,G^*)=\int_{G\triangle G^*}|2\eta(x)-1|\,P_X(dx)=R(G)-R(G^*),d(G,G∗)=∫G△G∗​∣2η(x)−1∣PX​(dx)=R(G)−R(G∗),

where R(G)=P(Y≠I(X∈G))R(G)=P(Y\ne I(X\in G))R(G)=P(Y=I(X∈G)). Two pseudodistances between sets are used: d△(G,G′)=PX(G△G′)d_\triangle(G,G')=P_X(G\triangle G')d△​(G,G′)=PX​(G△G′) and its empirical analogue d△,e(G,G′)=1n∑iI(Xi∈G△G′)d_{\triangle,e}(G,G')=\frac1n\sum_iI(X_i\in G\triangle G')d△,e​(G,G′)=n1​∑i​I(Xi​∈G△G′). The empirical risk is Rn(G)=1n∑i(Yi−I(Xi∈G))2R_n(G)=\frac1n\sum_i(Y_i-I(X_i\in G))^2Rn​(G)=n1​∑i​(Yi​−I(Xi​∈G))2.

A class G\mathcal GG of sets has complexity bound ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 if its δ\deltaδ-entropy with bracketing for d△d_\triangled△​ is at most Aδ−ρA\delta^{-\rho}Aδ−ρ for 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1. The margin assumption (A1) requires d(G,G∗)≥c0 d△κ(G,G∗)d(G,G^*)\ge c_0\,d_\triangle^\kappa(G,G^*)d(G,G∗)≥c0​d△κ​(G,G∗) whenever d△(G,G∗)≤ε0d_\triangle(G,G^*)\le\varepsilon_0d△​(G,G∗)≤ε0​, with κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1. A class P\mathcal PP of distributions is a (G∗,κ,ρ)(\mathcal G^*,\kappa,\rho)(G∗,κ,ρ)-class if every π∈P\pi\in\mathcal Pπ∈P has Gπ∗∈G∗G^*_\pi\in\mathcal G^*Gπ∗​∈G∗, satisfies (A1), and G∗\mathcal G^*G∗ has complexity bound ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 (Definition 4).

Aggregation. Given classes G1,…,GN\mathcal G_1,\dots,\mathcal G_NG1​,…,GN​ with complexities ρ1≤⋯≤ρN\rho_1\le\dots\le\rho_Nρ1​≤⋯≤ρN​ and nested approximating sets N1⊆⋯⊆NN\mathcal N_1\subseteq\dots\subseteq\mathcal N_NN1​⊆⋯⊆NN​, let GnkG_{nk}Gnk​ minimize RnR_nRn​ over Nk\mathcal N_kNk​. With the thresholds

Tnk(G,G′)=(log⁡2n)max⁡{n−1/(1+ρk), 1nd△,e(1−ρk)/2(G,G′)},T_{nk}(G,G')=(\log^2n)\max\Big\{n^{-1/(1+\rho_k)},\ \tfrac1{\sqrt n}d_{\triangle,e}^{(1-\rho_k)/2}(G,G')\Big\},Tnk​(G,G′)=(log2n)max{n−1/(1+ρk​), n​1​d△,e(1−ρk​)/2​(G,G′)},

an index jjj is admissible if, for every k≥jk\ge jk≥j, some G∈NjG\in\mathcal N_jG∈Nj​ has ∣Rn(G)−Rn(Gnk)∣≤Tnk(G,Gnk)|R_n(G)-R_n(G_{nk})|\le T_{nk}(G,G_{nk})∣Rn​(G)−Rn​(Gnk​)∣≤Tnk​(G,Gnk​). The adaptive classifier is Gn∗=Gnj^G^*_n=G_{n\hat j}Gn∗​=Gnj^​​ with j^\hat jj^​ the smallest admissible index.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

Under assumptions (A3)–(A4), with Pj\mathcal P_jPj​ a (Gj,κ,ρj)(\mathcal G_j,\kappa,\rho_j)(Gj​,κ,ρj​)-class for each jjj, N=O(nβ)N=O(n^\beta)N=O(nβ), and ρ1=ρmin⁡\rho_1=\rho_{\min}ρ1​=ρmin​, ρN=ρmax⁡\rho_N=\rho_{\max}ρN​=ρmax​ fixed, there is C<∞C<\inftyC<∞ such that for all n>1n>1n>1 and every jjj,

sup⁡π∈PjEπ,n d(Gn∗,G∗)≤C(log⁡4nn)κ/(2κ+ρj−1).\sup_{\pi\in\mathcal P_j}E_{\pi,n}\,d(G^*_n,G^*)\le C\left(\frac{\log^4n}{n}\right)^{\kappa/(2\kappa+\rho_j-1)}.π∈Pj​sup​Eπ,n​d(Gn∗​,G∗)≤C(nlog4n​)κ/(2κ+ρj​−1).

Milestones

  1. Appendix, Lemmas 7–11: exponential tail bounds for suprema of ratio-type empirical processes over a class with complexity bound ρ\rhoρ.
  2. Theorem 1: ERM over an an−1/(1+ρ)an^{-1/(1+\rho)}an−1/(1+ρ)-net of G∗\mathcal G^*G∗ attains sup⁡πE d(G^n,G∗)=O(n−κ/(2κ+ρ−1))\sup_{\pi}E\,d(\hat G_n,G^*)=O(n^{-\kappa/(2\kappa+\rho-1)})supπ​Ed(G^n​,G∗)=O(n−κ/(2κ+ρ−1)).
  3. Lemma 2: the deterministic comparison inequalities (27)–(28) for an admissible index.
  4. Lemma 1: sup⁡πP(j^>j∗)=o(1/n)\sup_\pi P(\hat j>j^*)=o(1/n)supπ​P(j^​>j∗)=o(1/n).
  5. Lemmas 3, 5, 6, 4: the moment and probability bounds that combine into Theorem 3.

Significance

Theorem 3 says that a procedure which knows neither the class containing G∗G^*G∗ nor the margin parameter loses at most a factor (log⁡n)4κ/(2κ+ρj−1)(\log n)^{4\kappa/(2\kappa+\rho_j-1)}(logn)4κ/(2κ+ρj​−1) against the optimal rate on every class at once; combined with the lower bound of Theorem 2 it identifies the optimal adaptive rate up to logarithms. Corollary 1 extends it to a continuum of classes {Gρ}ρ∈[ρmin⁡,ρmax⁡]\{\mathcal G_\rho\}_{\rho\in[\rho_{\min},\rho_{\max}]}{Gρ​}ρ∈[ρmin​,ρmax​]​. The selection rule is a Lepski-type pairwise comparison of empirical risks, and the analysis is one of the early results on adaptation to the margin.

The result is proved in the paper, with an Appendix that derives the empirical-process inequalities from van de Geer (2000). No part of it is known to have a machine-checked proof. A formalization would produce reusable infrastructure: entropy with bracketing for classes of sets, ratio-type deviation inequalities for empirical processes, and the excess-risk identity for 0–1 loss.

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls each GnkG_{nk}Gnk​ separately and takes a union bound over kkk. That fails: the bound for GnkG_{nk}Gnk​ at a class Gk\mathcal G_kGk​ that does not contain G∗G^*G∗ says nothing about d(Gnk,G∗)d(G_{nk},G^*)d(Gnk​,G∗), and the adaptive rule compares classifiers from different classes through random thresholds that depend on the empirical distance d△,ed_{\triangle,e}d△,e​. The central steps are to show that the true index j∗j^*j∗ is admissible with probability 1−o(1/n)1-o(1/n)1−o(1/n) uniformly over a polynomially growing number of classes, and to replace d△,ed_{\triangle,e}d△,e​ by d△d_\triangled△​ inside the thresholds at a constant-factor cost. Both rest on exponential, ratio-type deviation bounds for suprema over classes of infinite entropy, which are not in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with its Borel σ-algebra, labels are Bool with true ↔ 1, and a distribution is a pair (PX,η)(P_X,\eta)(PX​,η) with PXP_XPX​ a probability measure and η\etaη measurable with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; the law of a pair is the published UnderstandingML.condLaw (X∼PXX\sim P_XX∼PX​, then Y∼Bernoulli(η(X))Y\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(\eta(X))Y∼Bernoulli(η(X))). Classifiers are sets, risk is measured by ddd via identity (2), and the complexity bound is stated as "some bracketing with log⁡m≤Aδ−ρ\log m\le A\delta^{-\rho}logm≤Aδ−ρ exists".

The Section 3 data (NnN_nNn​, classes, nets, complexities, distribution classes) are indexed by nnn. The formalization commits to the following readings of the page, all disclosed in the items:

  • one constant AAA, c0c_0c0​, ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ for all classes;
  • condition (7) uniformly over the whole family unless ε0=1\varepsilon_0=1ε0​=1;
  • complexity bounds for the design law of every distribution in the family;
  • constants in Theorem 3 and Lemmas 1, 3–6 uniform in the class index jjj;
  • "arg min" as any minimizer;
  • the pseudoclassifier GnkjG_{nkj}Gnkj​ extended by its fallback branch to j>kj>kj>k;
  • Lemmas 8–10 stated for every c1c_1c1​ (or c2c_2c2​), with constants that may depend on it.

Expectations are Lebesgue integrals over the sample, so each one carries the hypothesis that the data-dependent set is jointly measurable in (sample, point). This rules out the trivializing formalization in which a non-measurable classifier has integral 000 and every rate bound holds for free. Probabilities of events involving suprema over uncountable classes are outer measures. Appendix suprema are real suprema over index sets bounded above. The goal is not vacuous: a solution-folder check exhibits a setup satisfying all hypotheses with j^=1\hat j=1j^​=1.

Contributions welcome: bracketing-entropy chaining bounds, the van de Geer inequalities (5.42)–(5.43), and the Appendix lemmas as standalone results.

Selected references

  • A. B. Tsybakov, Optimal aggregation of classifiers in statistical learning, Ann. Statist. 32(1), 135–166, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1079120131
  • E. Mammen and A. B. Tsybakov, Smooth discrimination analysis, Ann. Statist. 27(6), 1808–1829, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1017939240
  • S. van de Geer, Empirical Processes in M-Estimation, Cambridge University Press, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511802256
  • J.-Y. Audibert and A. B. Tsybakov, Fast learning rates for plug-in classifiers, Ann. Statist. 35(2), 608–633, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053606000001217
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi and G. Lugosi, A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0711-5
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Regression and Lasso 3: Robust Regression Has a Solution Supported on I if Some Allowable Perturbation of the Features Outside I Makes Them IrrelevantResearch Paper

Motivation

The Lasso fits a linear model by least-norm regression with an ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 penalty, and its most used property is that it returns sparse coefficient vectors: many features receive weight exactly zero. Most sparsity guarantees for the Lasso are statistical. They assume a generative model and an incoherence or irrepresentability condition on the design, and conclude that the support is recovered (Tropp 2006; Zhao and Yu 2006).

Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (arXiv:0811.1790v1, 2008; IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 56(7), 2010) show that the Lasso's ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1-regularized regression problem is exactly a robust regression problem in which each feature column is perturbed independently within a norm ball (their Theorem 1; mission 1 of this series). Section IV of the paper uses this robust view to give a sparsity criterion that needs no generative model: a feature gets zero weight if some allowable perturbation makes it irrelevant. This mission formalizes that criterion, Theorem 5, together with the more general Theorem 5′ it specializes, and the geometric consequence Theorem 6.

Setting

Fix integers n,mn, mn,m. The data are the features a1,…,am∈Rna_1,\dots,a_m \in \mathbb R^na1​,…,am​∈Rn, the columns of a matrix AAA, and a response b∈Rnb \in \mathbb R^nb∈Rn. For x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm, Ax=∑ixiaiAx = \sum_i x_i a_iAx=∑i​xi​ai​. A disturbance ΔA=(δ1,…,δm)\Delta A = (\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m)ΔA=(δ1​,…,δm​) perturbs column iii to ai+δia_i + \delta_iai​+δi​.

Given radii c1,…,cm≥0c_1,\dots,c_m \ge 0c1​,…,cm​≥0, the feature-wise uncoupled uncertainty set is

U={(δ1,…,δm)∣∥δi∥2≤ci, i=1,…,m}.\mathcal U = \{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) \mid \|\delta_i\|_2 \le c_i,\ i = 1,\dots,m\}.U={(δ1​,…,δm​)∣∥δi​∥2​≤ci​, i=1,…,m}.

For a set V\mathcal VV of disturbances, the robust objective is

RA,V(x)=max⁡ΔA∈V∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2,R_{A,\mathcal V}(x) = \max_{\Delta A\in\mathcal V}\|b - (A+\Delta A)x\|_2,RA,V​(x)=ΔA∈Vmax​∥b−(A+ΔA)x∥2​,

and the robust regression problem is min⁡x∈RmRA,V(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^m} R_{A,\mathcal V}(x)minx∈Rm​RA,V​(x). It has a solution supported on I⊆{1,…,m}I \subseteq \{1,\dots,m\}I⊆{1,…,m} if some minimizer x∗x^*x∗ has xj∗=0x^*_j = 0xj∗​=0 for all j∈Ic={1,…,m}∖Ij \in I^c = \{1,\dots,m\}\setminus Ij∈Ic={1,…,m}∖I.

For a disturbance ΔA\Delta AΔA, ΔAI\Delta A^IΔAI agrees with ΔA\Delta AΔA on the features in III and is zero elsewhere, and UI={ΔAI∣ΔA∈U}\mathcal U^I = \{\Delta A^I \mid \Delta A \in \mathcal U\}UI={ΔAI∣ΔA∈U}. Given numbers ljl_jlj​ for j∉Ij\notin Ij∈/I, the enlarged set of Theorem 5′ is

U~={(δ1,…,δm)∣∥δi∥2≤ci, i∈I; ∥δj∥2≤cj+lj, j∉I}.\tilde{\mathcal U} = \{(\delta_1,\dots,\delta_m) \mid \|\delta_i\|_2 \le c_i,\ i \in I;\ \|\delta_j\|_2 \le c_j + l_j,\ j\notin I\}.U~={(δ1​,…,δm​)∣∥δi​∥2​≤ci​, i∈I; ∥δj​∥2​≤cj​+lj​, j∈/I}.

In Lean these are uncertaintySet c, restrictedSet c I, enlargedSet c l I, robustObjective a b V x, IsRobustSolution and HasSolutionSupportedOn, all in the namespace RobustRegLasso.Sparsity.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 8)

If there is a disturbance ΔA~Ic∈U\Delta\tilde A^{I^c}\in\mathcal UΔA~Ic∈U that is zero on the features in III and such that

min⁡x∈Rm{max⁡ΔA~I∈UI∥b−(A+ΔA~Ic+ΔA~I)x∥2}\min_{x\in\mathbb R^m}\Big\{\max_{\Delta\tilde A^I\in\mathcal U^I}\|b-(A+\Delta\tilde A^{I^c}+\Delta\tilde A^I)x\|_2\Big\}x∈Rmmin​{ΔA~I∈UImax​∥b−(A+ΔA~Ic+ΔA~I)x∥2​}

has a solution supported on III, then min⁡xRA,U(x)\min_x R_{A,\mathcal U}(x)minx​RA,U​(x) has a solution supported on III.

Milestones (proof order)

  1. First display of the proof of Theorem 5′ (p. 9). If xj∗=0x^*_j = 0xj∗​=0 off III and a~i=ai\tilde a_i = a_ia~i​=ai​ on III, then RA,U~(x∗)=RA,U(x∗)=RA~,U(x∗)R_{A,\tilde{\mathcal U}}(x^*) = R_{A,\mathcal U}(x^*) = R_{\tilde A,\mathcal U}(x^*)RA,U~​(x∗)=RA,U​(x∗)=RA~,U​(x∗), and also RA~,U~(x∗)=RA,U(x∗)R_{\tilde A,\tilde{\mathcal U}}(x^*) = R_{A,\mathcal U}(x^*)RA~,U~​(x∗)=RA,U​(x∗).
  2. Second display of the proof of Theorem 5′ (p. 9). If ∥aj−a~j∥2≤lj\|a_j-\tilde a_j\|_2 \le l_j∥aj​−a~j​∥2​≤lj​ off III and ai=a~ia_i = \tilde a_iai​=a~i​ on III, then {A+ΔA∣ΔA∈U}⊆{A~+ΔA∣ΔA∈U~}\{A+\Delta A \mid \Delta A\in\mathcal U\}\subseteq\{\tilde A+\Delta A\mid\Delta A\in\tilde{\mathcal U}\}{A+ΔA∣ΔA∈U}⊆{A~+ΔA∣ΔA∈U~}, hence RA~,U~≥RA,UR_{\tilde A,\tilde{\mathcal U}} \ge R_{A,\mathcal U}RA~,U~​≥RA,U​ pointwise.
  3. Theorem 5′ (pp. 8–9). If x∗x^*x∗ minimizes RA,UR_{A,\mathcal U}RA,U​ and xj∗=0x^*_j = 0xj∗​=0 off III, then x∗x^*x∗ minimizes RA~,U~R_{\tilde A,\tilde{\mathcal U}}RA~,U~​ for every A~\tilde AA~ with ∥a~j−aj∥2≤lj\|\tilde a_j - a_j\|_2\le l_j∥a~j​−aj​∥2​≤lj​ off III and a~i=ai\tilde a_i = a_ia~i​=ai​ on III.
  4. Theorem 6, conclusion corrected (p. 10). With ci=cc_i = cci​=c for all iii: if every unit v∈span⁡({ai,i∈I}∪{b})v\in\operatorname{span}(\{a_i, i\in I\}\cup\{b\})v∈span({ai​,i∈I}∪{b}) has v⊤aj≤cv^\top a_j\le cv⊤aj​≤c for all j∉Ij\notin Ij∈/I, then some optimal solution of min⁡xRA,U(x)\min_x R_{A,\mathcal U}(x)minx​RA,U​(x) vanishes off III.

Theorem 5 is Theorem 5′ applied to the perturbed matrix A+ΔA~IcA + \Delta\tilde A^{I^c}A+ΔA~Ic with radii cj=0c_j = 0cj​=0 off III, lj=cjl_j = c_jlj​=cj​ and A~=A\tilde A = AA~=A.

Significance

The result separates sparsity from statistics. Theorem 5 asks only that the features outside III can be made irrelevant by a perturbation within the uncertainty budget; it involves no noise model and no probability. Theorem 6 turns this into an incoherence-type condition: features that lie within ccc of being orthogonal to the response and to the relevant features receive zero weight. Because the robust problem over U\mathcal UU is the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1-regularized regression min⁡x∥b−Ax∥2+∑ici∣xi∣\min_x \|b-Ax\|_2 + \sum_i c_i|x_i|minx​∥b−Ax∥2​+∑i​ci​∣xi​∣ (Theorem 1), these are sparsity statements about that Lasso-type problem. The same argument gives the paper's further results on angular separation and nearly dependent features, which it defers to a companion report.

These results are proved in the paper; none of them has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me or, to our knowledge, elsewhere. The mission formalizes the known proof. It also records a correction: Theorem 6 as printed claims that every optimal solution vanishes off III, which is false (a two-dimensional counterexample is in the milestone's statement); the proof gives existence of one such solution, and that is what is posed.

Difficulty

The proof of Theorem 5′ is short, and the work is in the bookkeeping. The obvious attempt treats "max" as a real supremum and compares values directly; it has to know that each uncertainty set is nonempty and that the residual is bounded on it, and the enlarged set U~\tilde{\mathcal U}U~ is nonempty only because lj≥∥a~j−aj∥2≥0l_j \ge \|\tilde a_j - a_j\|_2 \ge 0lj​≥∥a~j​−aj​∥2​≥0. The two equalities of the first display require reassigning the columns outside III of a disturbance (to zero, or to a feasible value) without changing the residual at x∗x^*x∗, which works only because xj∗=0x^*_j = 0xj∗​=0 there. The specialization of Theorem 5′ to Theorem 5 changes the radius vector and the base matrix at the same time, and needs UI\mathcal U^IUI to coincide with the feature-wise set whose radii are cic_ici​ on III and 000 off it. Theorem 6 additionally needs the equivalence of the robust problem with an ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1-regularized problem, an orthogonal projection onto a span, and the existence of a minimizer of a coercive (or, for c=0c = 0c=0, least-squares) objective.

Formalization scope

  • Features are a family a : Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); a disturbance is δ : Fin m → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); A+ΔAA+\Delta AA+ΔA is the family a + δ. Index sets are Finset (Fin m) (0-based). The loss is the ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2 norm, as stated in the paper (which remarks that any norm works).
  • "max" over a set of disturbances is the supremum in EReal (⨆ δ ∈ V). With nonnegative radii every set used is nonempty and bounded, so the value is a finite, attained real number; no junk value of a real sSup can make a statement vacuous. "Optimal solution" means a minimizer of this objective over all of Rm\mathbb R^mRm; existence of a minimizer is assumed where the paper assumes it (Theorem 5′) and concluded where the paper concludes it (Theorems 5, 6).
  • Radii ci≥0c_i \ge 0ci​≥0 are hypotheses (the paper's standing convention). lj≥0l_j \ge 0lj​≥0 is not assumed: it follows from ∥a~j−aj∥2≤lj\|\tilde a_j - a_j\|_2 \le l_j∥a~j​−aj​∥2​≤lj​.
  • Corrected printed typos: I⊆{1,…,n}I\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}I⊆{1,…,n} on p. 8 is read with mmm; the inequality after "For an arbitrary x′x'x′" is posed with AAA and A~\tilde AA~ exchanged, as the inclusion and the final display require; Theorem 6's "any optimal solution" becomes "some optimal solution", and "I⊂I\subsetI⊂" becomes I⊆I\subseteqI⊆.
  • The robust objective is the supremum over the set, never its closed form ∥b−Ax∥2+∑ici∣xi∣\|b-Ax\|_2+\sum_i c_i|x_i|∥b−Ax∥2​+∑i​ci​∣xi​∣; with that definition the problem would no longer be a robust problem and Theorems 5 and 5′ would be about a different function.
  • The definitions here restate objects of mission 1 of this series (the set (2) and AxAxAx). The interpretation through a generative model (p. 9) and the results deferred to the companion report are not formalized. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of a local proof of Theorem 1 for use in Theorem 6, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, Robust Regression and Lasso, arXiv:0811.1790v1, 2008; IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 56(7), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0811.1790v1, https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2010.2048503
  • R. Tibshirani, Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B 58(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1996.tb02080.x
  • J. A. Tropp, Just relax: convex programming methods for identifying sparse signals in noise, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 52(3), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2005.864420
  • P. Zhao, B. Yu, On model selection consistency of Lasso, Journal of Machine Learning Research 7, 2006. https://jmlr.org/papers/v7/zhao06a.html
  • L. El Ghaoui, H. Lebret, Robust solutions to least-squares problems with uncertain data, SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications 18(4), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895479896298130
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 17 of 27Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me